Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
May, 1993 VoL 12, No. 1
NEXT MEETING: Cirratulidae and Dorvilleidae
GUEST SPEAKERS: Drs. James Blake and Brigitte Hilbig of Battelle New
England Marine Research Laboratory, Duxbury,
Massachusetts
DATE’ June 21,1993
TIME: 9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION: 1036 Buena Vista Drive, (Larry's Home) Vista, California
(map is included)
JUNE 21 MEETING
The Isopod meeting originally scheduled for
June 14 has been postponed until September.
The next meeting will occur on June 21 and will
be held at Larry Lovell's house. Dr. James Blake
plans to discuss Cirratulidae in the morning and
Dr. Brigitte Hilbig will talk about Dorvilleidae
(emphasison the smaller spedes) in the afternoon.
Please bring any cirratulid or dorvilleid
spedmens of interest or concern for feedback
from Drs. Blake and Hilbig.
Figure from Polychaeta of the Far Eastern
Seas of the U.S.S.R. by P. V. Ushakov, 1965
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
Scamii Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for fromal taxonomic purposes .
May, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 1
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON MAY 10
It was announced that the 1993 Western Society
of Malacologists meeting will be held at La Jolla,
California from June 27 to July 1,1993. The site
of the meetings will be Radisson Hotel La Jolla
(formerly La Jolla Village Inn). Included in this
year's agenda is a "Contemporary Research on
Mollusca" symposium and a "Malacofauna of
western Mexico" symposium.
The Southern California Academy of Sciences
annual meeting is scheduled for June 4-5,1993 at
California State University, Long Beach. The
index to program and general information is
included in this newsletter.
Larry Lovell mentioned an article that may be of
some interest to SC AMTT members. The article
is entitled Megabenthic Assemblages of Coastal
Shelves, Slopes, and Basins off Southern
California writtenby Dr. Bruce Thompson, David
Tsukada, and Jimmy Laughlin. It is in the
Southern California Academy of Sciences Bulletin
(April 1993, volume 92, number 1).
Enclosed in this newsletter is the 1992-93
Treasury's Report.
The rest of the meeting was devoted to resolving
the master species list containing the four major
dischargers and discussing the addition of the
smaller dischargers.
FUTURE MEETINGS
The meeting on July 12,1993will coverSabellidae
Polychaeta. Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh will emphasize
the Subfamily Sabellinae ( Demonax, Sabella,
Megalomma, PseudopotamiUa etc). It will be held
in the new polychaete lab at Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History. Please begin
organizing specimens now and send them to
Kirk prior (preferably) or bring them to the
meeting.
The August 9, 1993 meeting will be the final
SCAMIT meeting concerning the master species
list of the southern California benthos and will
include continued discussion on the addition of
the smaller dischargers. It will be at the Cabrillo
Marine Museum, San Pedro, Ca.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
2
SCAMIT TREASURY SUMMARY, 1992-93
During the past fiscal year, April 1992 through March 1993, the major expense was the
newsletter for printing t postage, and supplies, $1856.90. Two publication grants were awarded
to Gretchen Lambert for an ascidian paper ($400) and Larry Lovell for a polychaete paper
($487.50). Few grants were awarded pending results of an RFP to SCCWRP for creating a list
of southern California soft bottom species. This contract was awarded in January and the first
installment of $5000 was received in February. This money will be used for SCAMIT’s
puplication support program. SCAMIT’s secondary source of income, $1684.00, came from
membership dues. The following is a summary of the expenses and income:
Expenses
Newsletter
Grants
Workshops
Miscellaneous
Total
$1856.90
887.50
662.97
346.10
$4753.47
Income
SCCWRP Contract
Dues
Interest
T-Shirts
Donations
Miscellaneous
Total
$5000.00
1685.00
66.83
0
0
20.00
$6771.83
Account balance (March 31, 1993)
Savings
Checking
Total
$5540.11
1133.45
$6673.56
INDEX TO PROGRAM
Room locations arc listed by these abbreviations:
Lecture Hall.LH1
Peterson Hall.PHI
Science Lecture Hall.„SCL
TOPIC
Page
Location
Campus map................. .
...Centerfold
Genera] Information.....
*1
* -H*
Friday, June
4
Plcanory Session.-.-.
4
LH151
Marine Biology and Oceanography..
5,8-9
PHI-141
Terrestrial Biology...
..6,10-11
PHI-140
Global Warming.*____
.7
LH151
Endangered Species in Southern California..,.,
.12
SCL-048
Cell and Molecular Biology & Physiology.
.13-14
SCL-050
Reception (Wine and Cheese).,...
Soroptomist House
Saturday, June 5
The Biology or Marine Wastewater Outfalls.
,.15-16
PHI-141
Air Quality in Southern California.
17
LH151
Biology of Fishes..
PHI-140
23-24
Ecology and Environmental Science.
.20,25-26
SCL-050
Multi-media, Computer-based Instruction.
,...21
PHI-112
Panel; Are State Standard Protecting Coast
PHI-141
Watcrs7......
_22
High School: Session 1.
30 32
PHI-220
High School: Session I!..
PHI-223A
High School: Session HI.
PHI-219
Business Meeting..
SCL-050
Barbeque and Awards.
Upper Campus Quad
2
HOW TO GET HERE:
PARKING:
REGISTRATION:
SLIDES:
AWARDS:
GENERAL INFORMATIO N
From the north (Los Angeles or Long Beach
Airports) proceed south on San Diego Freeway
(405) to the Bellflower Blvd. exit in Long
Beach; turn left at end or off-ramp and go one-
half block to Bellflower Blvd; right on
Bellflower for approximately one mile, go past
the main entrance to the university to 7th
Street; left on 7lh Street to second stoplight at
West Campus Dr.; left onto campus and follow
signs to Information Booth. From the south
(Orange County John Wayne Airport) you take
the 405 Freeway north to Long Beach; exit on
the 7lh Street exit and continue to the second
stoplight at East Campus Dr.; right onto
campus and follow signs to Information Booth.
Look for an 8 story building fronting on 7th
Street; the information booth is adjacent to it.
Visitor Parking is near 7th Street and will be
available in Parking Lots 6,7 and 8. Please see
the person in the Information Booth for access
and directions. The_cciiteifQld in this Program
is vour parking permit: pull it out of the
booklet and place on your dashboard.
Opens 7:30 a.m. in the breeze-way outside of
the Peterson Hall 1 Lecture Halls. Those pre¬
registered should check in at the Pre-
registration desk. For those registering at the
meeting, fees are: Member: $35; Non-member:
$40; Student: $15. Barbeque Tickets: $20
(However, because of the need for advanced
reservations, very few barbeque tickets may be
available at the desk).
These should be given to the projectionist in
the room where the paper will be delivered.
Morning speakers should deliver their slides by
8:30 a.m.; afternoon speakers by 12:30 p.m.
Please brine vour slides, in correct order, in
YQur.pwn.irBY or carousel and have vour name
on il .
•ARCO Best Environmental Science Paper
Award
•Association of Fisheries Research Biologists
Best Fish Biology Paper Award
•Durham Memorial Best vertebrate Zoology
Paper Award .
•Southern California Botanists Best Botanical
Paper Award
•4 5CAS Best Paper Awards in Open Categories
•THROUGHOUT THIS PROGRAM, an
asterisk indicates a student paper to be
considered for award.
3
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
June, 1993 Vol. 12, No. 2
NEXT MEETING:
Sabellidae
GUEST SPEAKER:
Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh of the Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles, CA
DATE:
July 19,1993
TIME:
9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION:
New Polychaete Lab at Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History Los Angeles, CA
(enter at staff entrance as usual)
JULY 19 MEETING
The July 19 meeting will cover Sabellidae
Polychaeta. Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh will emphasize
the Subfamily Sabellinae ( Demonax , Sabella,
Megalamma , Pseudopotamilla etc). It will be held at
the Los Angeles County Museum of Natural
History. Please beginorganizingspedmens now
and send them to Kirk prior (preferably) or bring
them to the meeting.
Figure from Polychaetes of the Northern Gulf of Mexico
Vol.VII by Barry A. Vittor and Associates, Inc.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
Scamit Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for format taxonomic purposes.
June, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 2
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON JUNE 21
Ron Velarde announced that the 74th Annual
Meeting of the Western Society of Naturalists in
conjunction with the American Society of
Zoologists (ASZ) will be held December 26-30,
1993 at the Hilton and Hyatt Regency in Los
Angeles, California.
Larry Lovell stated that SCAMTT should think
about organizing a volume for a future Southern
California Academy of Sciences (SC AS) bulletin
containing Southern California fauna. If anyone
is interested or has any ideas please contact Larry
at:
1036 Buena Vista Dr-
Vista, CA 92083
(619) 945-1608
Dr. Jim Blake started the morning by discussing
the MMS Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic
Macrofauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western
Santa Barbara Channel. Included in the
newsletter is the outline of the 14 volumes and
the authors for each section The first volume is
scheduled to be released in three to four weeks.
Paul Scott of the Santa Barbara Museum of
Natural History will have an announcement in a
future newsletter about subscribing to the atlas.
Dr. Blake announced to the group about the
passing away of Ralph Smith (U. C. Berkeley).
He also stated that the 4th edition of Light's and
Smith's Manual by Jim Carlton is being planned
and information in the manual will be expanded
to cover the California/Oregon border to Point
Conception.
Dr. Brigitte Hilbig then discussed Dorvilleidae.
She presented illustrations of 5 species that will
appear in the MMS Atlas. The five species are
Dorvillea (Schistomeringos) longicomis (Ehlers,
1901), Parougia batia (Jumars / 1974) / Dori?i7/efl
(Schistomeringos) annulata (Moore, 1906),
Parophryotrocha n. sp. and Pettiboneia breuipalpa
Hilbig and Ruff, 1990. Included in this newsletter
is a copy of her Dorvilleidae key. In her key, the
Genera marked with an asterisk are not included
in the Adas. The spedes Parougia caeca (Webster
and Benedict) marked with an asterisk means
that it should show up in So. California, but she
did not find it in the Santa Maria Basin. Brigitte
also stated that the presence/absence of furcate
setae is a variable character and shouldn't be
relied upon. Instead she said the jaws should be
used for identification. The larger specimens can
be opened dorsally and the smaller specimens
can be cleared in 10% KOH for an hour or two
(check every 20 minutes).
In the afternoon Dr. Blake reviewed Cirratulidae.
The first Genus discussed was Chaetozone.
Chaetozone armata Hartman, 1963 and C. corona
Berkeley and Berkeley, 1941 are valid species.
Chaetozone gracilis (Moore, 1923) and C. spinosa
Moore,1903 are both valid, but occur at depths of
2,000 m or greater. As noted, C. multioculata
Hartman,1961 is actually Cirratulus rirrafus
(Muller, 1776). C. cf setosa Malmgren, 1867 as
reported in California appears to be a complex of
species and still needs to be discerned. The
common specimens in the Santa Maria Basin are
a new species. The Genus Caulleriella was then
discussed. The type material of Caulleriella
gracilis was reviewed by Blake and further
information will be forthcoming. C, hamata as
reported by Hartman, 1969 is valid but probably
does not occur in California. The California
specimens represent a new species. The next
Genus discussed was Monticellim (denticulate
setae). The species Blake presented were
2
June, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 2
FUTURE MEETINGS
Monticellina tesselata (Hartman, 1960), M. n. sp.
(Blake), M. dorsobranchialis (Kirkegaard, 1959),
and a new species of Tony Phillip's M. sp B
(Hyperion). Another Genus discussed was
Aphelochaeta (smooth setae). The species
described were Aphelochaeta monilaris (Hartman,
1960), A, martini (Saint-Joseph, 1894), and two
descriptions of A. multifilis. (Moore, 1909). He is
also preparing two new species of Tharyx . One
occurs in deep water near San Francisco and the
other is an introduced species occuring in San
Francisco Bay.
The August 9, 1993 meeting will be the final
SCAMIT meeting concerning the master species
list of the southern California benthos and will
include continued discussion on the addition of
the smaller dischargers. It will be at the Cabrillo
Marine Museum, San Pedro, CA.
The meeting in September will be on Anthurid
Isopods with Dr. Rick Brusca of the San Diego
Natural History Museum and Don Cadien of the
Los Angeles County Sanitation Districts. It will
be held at the San Diego Natural History Museum,
San Diego, CA.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
TAXONOMIC ATLAS OF THE BENTHIC MACROFAUNA OF THE SANTA MARIA BASIN AND
WESTERN SANTA BARBARA CHANNEL
Volume 1: Introduction, Benthic Ecology, Oceanography, Platyhelminthes, and Nemertea
Introduction to the Taxonomic Atlas - Blake
Physical Description of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel - Blake and
Lissner
Benthic Soft-substrate Community Ecology of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara
Channel - Blake
Benthic Hard-substrate Community Ecology of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara
Channel - Lissner and Benech
Platyhelminthes - Hilbig and Blake
Nemertea - Blake
Volume 2: Porifera (Green and Bakus) (done)
Volume 3: Cnidaria
Anemones - Fautin (done)
Hydroids (Hochberg)
Corals (Hochberg)
Volume 4: Annelida Part I (volume complete^)
Introduction to the Annelida (Blake and Ers£us) (done)
Oligochaeta (Ers&is) (done)
Introduction to the Polychaeta (Blake) (done)
Polychaeta:
Order Phyllodocida
Family Phyllodocidae (Blake) (done)
Family Lacydoniidae (Blake) (added family, done)
Family Glyceridae (Hilbig) (done)
Family Goniadidae (Hilbig) (done)
Family Sphaerodoridae (Kudenov) (done)
Family Hesionidae (Hilbig) (done)
Family Pilargidae (Blake) (done)
Family Nautiliniellidae (Blake) (added family, done)
Family Nephtyidae (Hilbig) (done)
Family Paralacydoniidae (Blake) (added family, done)
Family Nereididae (Hilbig) (done)
1
Volume 5: Annelida Part 2
Order Phyllodocida (Continued)
Family Syllidae (Kudenov and Harris)
Family Aphroditidae (Blake) (done)
Family Polynoidae (Ruff)
Family Acoetidae (Blake) (done)
Family Pholoidae (Blake) (done)
Family Sigalionidae (Hilbig)
Family Chrysopetalidae (not represented)
Order Amphinomida
Family Amphinomidae (Kudenov) (done)
Family Euphrosinidae (Kudenov) (done)
Order Eunicida
Family Onuphidae (Hilbig)
Family Eunicidae (Hilbig) (done)
Family Lumbrineridae (Hilbig) (done)
Family Arabellidae (Hilbig) (done)
Family Dorvilleidae (Hilbig) (done)
Volume 6: Annelida Part 3
Order Orbiniida
Family Orbiniidae (Blake) (done)
Order Spionida
Family Apistobranchidae (Blake) (done)
Family Spionidae (Maciolek, Blake)
Family Trochochaetidae (not represented)
Family Poecilochaetidae (Blake)
Order Chaetopterida
Family Chaetopteridae (Blake)
Order Magelonida
Family Magelonidae (Blake)
Order Cirratulida
Family Paraonidae (Blake)
Family Questidae (not represented)
Family Cirratulidae (Blake)
Family Ctenodrilidae (Blake)
Order Cossurida
Family Cossuridae (Blake, Hilbig)
Order Flabelligerida
Family Flabelligeridae (Light)
Family Acrocirridae (Light)
Family Fauveliopsidae (Hilbig)
Order Opheliida
Family Opheliidae (Blake)
Family Scalibregmatidae (Blake)
Order Sternaspida
Family Sternaspidae (Blake)
Volume 7: Annelida Part 4
Order Capitellida
Family Capitellidae (Ruff)
Family Maldanidae (Light)
Order Oweniida
Family Oweniidae (Blake)
Order Terebellida
Family Pectinariidae (Blake)
Family Sabellariidae (Blake)
Family Ampharetidae (Hilbig)
Family Trichobranchidae (Hilbig)
Family Terebellidae (Hilbig)
Order Sabellida
Family Sabellidae (Ruff)
Family Serpulidae (Ruff)
Volumes 8: Mollusca Part 1
Gastropoda
Opisthobranchiata (Gosliner) (November)
Prosobranchiata (McLean) (August)
Volume 9: Mollusca Part 2
Aplacophora (Scheltema) (September)
Polypiacophora (Eernisse) (done, August)
Bivalvia (Scott) (done)
Scaphopoda (Shimek) (done)
Cephalopoda (Hochberg) (done)
Volume 10: Arthropoda Part 1
Introduction (Watling)
Pycnogonida (Cadien, Dojiri)
Crustacea
Cirripedia (Watling)
Decapoda (Martin)
Mysidacea (Williams)
Euphausiacea (Watling)
Volume 11: Arthropoda Part 2
Peracarida
Cumacea (Watling)
Tanaidacea (Sieg, Dojiri)
Isopoda (Wilson, Brusca) (done)
3
Volume 12: Arthropoda Part 3
Peracarida: Amphipoda (Conlan, Thomas, Watling)
Introduction (Watling)
Amphipod Morphology
Laboratory Methods
List of Abbreviations
Glossary
Key to the Suborders and Families
Suborder Gammaridea
Families Ampeliscidae to Urothoidae
Suborder Cap rell idea
Volume 13: Bryozoa (Soule et al) (September)
Volume 14: Lesser Coelomata, Tunicata, Echinodermata
Sipuncula (Winchell) (done)
Echiura (Pilger) (done)
Brachiopoda (Hochberg) (done)
Phoronida (Hochberg)
Echinodermata
Asteroidea (Lissner)
Ophiuroidea (Hendler)
Echinoidea (Lissner)
Holothuroidea (Bergen) (done)
Hemichordata (Woodwick)
Urochordata (Lambert) (done)
4
12.5 Key to the Dorvilleidae
IA, Notopodia (• “dorsal cirri” with embedded acicula) present in at least some setigers .... 2
IB. Notopodia absent; dorsal cirri if present short, never with acicula. 10
2A. Notopodia present throughout body (may be absent on setiger 1); antennae and palps well
developed, antennae moniliform, palps biarticulate; maxillae in four rows, with or without
maxillary carriers, with at least one pair of basal plates (Fig. xx) . 3
2B. Notopodia with adculae present on limited number of anterior setlgers; antennae and palps well
developed or reduced; maxillae in two, four, or numerous rows, consisting of free denticles
only . 8
3A. Maxillae with maxillary carriers and both superior and inferior basal plates; furcate setae if
present with short tines (Fig. xx): genus Dorvillea . 6
3B. Maxillae without inferior basal plates; furcate setae if present with long, slender tines (Fig.
xx). 4
4A. Maxillary carriers present. genus Ougta *
4B. Maxillary carriers absent: genus Parougia . 5
5A. Body large (more than 10 mm long), rigid; furcate setae usually present; all setae with serrations
at least distally; maxillae heavily sclerotized, visible through body wall as V-shaped structure;
mandibles triangular, dark. Parougia caeca m
5B. Body small (about 5 mm long), fragile; furcate setae absent; all setae smooth and very slender;
maxillae reduced, transparent, not visible through body wall; mandibles L-shaped with transparent
center . Parougia batia
6A. Furcate setae absent (check several parapodia). subgenus DorvtUea *
6B. Furcate setae present: subgenus Schistomeringos . 7
7A, Dorsal cirri tapering, with cirrophores as long as cirrostyles; ventral cirri inserting subdlstally;
furcate setae with short tines half as tong as long tines; anterior denticles with straight, finely
serrated cutting edge. Dorvillea (Schistomeringos) armulata
7B, Dorsal cirri cylindrical, distally inflated, with cirrophores much longer than cirrostyles; ventral
cirri inserting distally (may look like subdlstal insertion when ventral setal lobe is extended);
furcate setae with short tines one-thirs as long as long tines (setiger 10); most anterior denticles
with crescentic, wing-like serrated cutting edge and some larger distal teeth.
. Dorvillea (Schistomeringos) longlcomis
8A. Maxillae in 8 to 14 rows; most denticles covered with surficial spines; antennae simple, palps
biarticulate, palpophores maximally as long as palpostyles: genus Pettiboneia.
Palps shorter than antennae, with very short palpophore; notopodia slightly longer than
neuropodia, present in setigers 2 to 12. Petttboneia brevtpalpa
8B. Maxillae in 2 or 4 rows, none covered with surflcial spines. 9
9A, Maxillae in 4 rows, maxillary carriers absent; antennae moniliform, palps biarticulate,
palpophores much longer than palpostyles; anterior notopodia with aciculae, posterior ones
without aciculae. genus Dtapharosoma*
93. Maxillae in 2 rows, maxillary carriers present; antennae indistinctly articulate, palps blarticulate;
palpophores about as long as palpostyles; notopodia present in limited number of anterior
setigers . genus WestJvideia*
10A. Antennae and palps well developed, antennae moniliform; maxillae in 2 rows (Fig. xx); ventral
cirri much longer than dorsal cirri. genus AnchidorvUlea*
10B* Antennae and palps well developed or reduced, antennae never moniliform; ventral cirri always
shorter than dorsal cirri . 11
11 A. Maxillae with superior and inferior free denticles and forceps or icetongs formed by fused
carriers and basal plates (Fig. xx); prostomial appendages and parapodial cirri present or absent.
well developed or reduced. 13
11B. Maxillae in 2 or 4 rows, without forceps or icetongs. 12
12A. Maxillae in 2 rows . 20
12B. Maxillae In 4 rows, with superior and inferior free denticles, superior and inferior basal plates,
and maxillary carriers (some elements may be reduced); antennae and palps well developed or
reduced .. 15
13A. All setae simple: genus Parophryotrocha .
Prostomium wider than long, with well-developed clavate antennae and palps; median and
posterior setigers with dorsolateral and ventrolateral segmental lobes; setae including smooth
spines and fine capillaries. Parophryotrocha brcvicapttls n.ip.
13B. Supraacicular setae simple, subacicular setae compound (ventralmost seta may be simple) 14
14A. Some or all setae in anterior setiger(s) greatly modified into recurved hooks genus Exallopus*
14B. Anterior setae if modified only slightly different from regular setae, never recurved; prostomial
appendages and parapodial cirri usually short and simple.genus Ophryotrocha*
15A. Maxillae consisting of basal plates only; antennae and palps short, digitifonrgenus Elibtridens*
15B. Maxillae including free denticles. 16
16A. Minute interstitial forms, about 1 mm long, with maximally 15 setigers . 17
16B. Animals not interstitial, adults several millimeters long; antennae papilliform, palpi
multi articulate, much longer than antennae; maxillary apparatus well-developed.
*. genua ProtodonriUea
17A. Maxillae with superior and inferior basal plates and superior and inferior free denticles . . 18
17B. Maxillae with superior basal plates and superior and inferior free denticles; antennae simple,
palps biarticulate, palpophores as long as palpostyles; all supraacicular setae simple spines . .
. . .. genus Microdorvillea*
ISA, Antennae moniliform, palps biarticulate, with long palpophore; supraacicular setae Including
hircate setae with long, slender tines . genus CorQlliotrocha m
18B. Antennae simple or absent; furcate setae absent . 19
19A. Setae including serrated capillaries and compound falcigers with serrated shaft and blade;
prostomium with simple palps, antennae absent; parapodia without cirri; mandibles ornate;
maxillae with at least two pairs of free denticles.genus Petrocha*
19B. Both simple setae and blades of compound falcigers unidentate; capillaries serrated, compounds
smooth; prostomium with simple palps, antennae absent; maximally 18 setigers, parapodia
without cirri . genus Pusilloirocha*
20A. Maxillae consisting of 3 pairs of smooth, elongate plates; furcate or geniculate setae absent ,
. genus Pseudophryorrocha*
20B. Maxillae consisting of serrated, rounded free denticles. 21
21 A. Small, interstitial forms with reduced prostomial and parapodial appendages. 23
2IB. Adults several millimeters long, not interstitial. 22
22A. Maxillary carriers absent; supraacicular setae including serrated capillaries, furcate setae with
short tines (anterior setigers), and geniculate setae (median and posterior setigers); Inferiormost
subacicular seta cultriform; antennae and palps absent . genus GymnodarviUea*
22B. Maxillary carriers present; supraacicular setae including capillaries and furcate setae with short
tines, occasionally replaced by geniculate seta in one or few anterior parapodia; antennae and
palps present (palps may be absent).genus MeiodorvilUa*
23A. All setae compound; maximally 10 setigers, parapodia lacking cirri; prostomium with palps,
antennae and eyes absent .genus Ikosipodus *
23B. Supraacicular setae simple, serrated, bidentate; compound falcigers with smooth, distally
bidemat© blades; up to 10 setigers, parapodia without cirri; prostomium with digitifbrm antennae
and thicker palps of equal length, eyes absent; nuchal organs with 4 ciliated pads .
.genus Arenotrocha*
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
July, 1993 Vol. 12, No. 3
NEXT MEETING:
Master Species List
GUEST SPEAKER:
None
DATE:
August 9,1993
TIME:
9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION:
Cabrillo Marine Museum, San Pedro, CA
AUGUST 9 MEETING
The meeting in August will be the final SCAMTT
meeting concerning the master species list of the
Southern California benthos and will include
continued discussion on the addition of the
smaller dischargers. There will also be further
discussion on minor additions and corrections.
It will be at the Cabrillo Marine Museum, San
Pedro, C A.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
Scamit Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes .
July, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 3
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON JULY 19
Ron Velarde announced that SC AMU wrote a
letter of support for the Los Angeles Museum of
Natural History (LAMNH). The letter was passed
among the attending members.
Larry Lovell is still looking for other topics (non
polychaetes) for this year. If anyone has any
ideas or wants to volunteer to lead a meeting
please contact Larry at:
1036 Buena Vista Dr.
Vista, CA 92083
(619) 945-1608
Larry also mentioned the possibility of a SC AMU
booth at the 74 th Annual Meeting of the Western
Society of Naturalists in conjunction with the
American Society of Zoologists (ASZ). It will be
held in December 26-30,1993 at the Hilton and
Hyatt Regency in Los Angeles, CA.
Tom Parker (Los Angeles County Sanitation
Districts) informed attending members about a
new publication. It is ''Hermit Crabs of the
Northeastern Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean
Sea" a comprehensive review of all Northeastern
Atlantic and Mediterranean hermit crab species
with profusely illustrated taxonomic keys.
December 1992, 504 pp, hardback Chapman &
Hall Ltd, Cheriton House, North Way, Andover,
Hants, SP10 5BE, ENGLAND, information line:
071 522-9966.
The Cabrillo Marine Museum needs help in
identifying invertebrates (especially
echinoderms) from their collection. If anyone is
interested please contact either Suzie Delmonte
or Steve Vogel at (310) 548-7563.
Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh and Leslie Harris (LAMNH)
chaired the meeting on the Subfamily Sabellinae.
The Genera emphasized were Demonax , Bispira f
Megalomma and PseudopotamiUa. Kirk stated one
reference that is helpful: Revision of Demonax
Kinberg, Hypsiconus Grube, and Notaulax Tauber,
with a review of Megalomma Johansson from
Florida (Polychaeta : Sabellidae) by Thomas
Perkins, 6 July 1984, Proc Biol Soc Wash, 97(2)84
p285-368. Kirk also mentioned another paper in
progress by Thomas Perkins and Phyllis Knight-
Jones that will be helpful when it is published.
Kirk then started the meeting by describing the
differences among the Genera. Bispira and Sabella
can be separated from Demonax by examining
the abdominal neurosetae. Demonax' $ neurosetae
are in a transverse row; whereas Bispira' s and
Sabella' s neurosetae are bunched together into a
partial spiral or C- or U-shape. Another character
that can be used is the presence ( Bispira , Sabella)
or absence ( Demonax ) of dark eyespots between
the neurosetae and undni. The eyespots are
easiest to see on the abdomen though they are
also on the thorax. Demonax canbe distinguished
from PseudopotamiUa by examining the
companion setae. The companion setae of
Demonax have dentate heads. Kirk also warned
attending members that the character of spiral
radioles may not be reliable and it appears to be
age related.
The first Genus discussed was Demonax .. Material
examined prior to the meeting induded 3 taxa
locally. D. pallidus (Moore, 1923) is the only
Demonax that has unpaired eyespots on the
radioles and the collar is high and
membranaceous. D.sp. 1 has no eyespots on the
radioles and the collar has only a midventral
incision and margins are even except higher
midventrally. D. sp. 2 differs from D. sp. 1 in that
the collar margins are well developed and
overlap, but there is a middorsal gap.
2
July, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 3
Bispira was the next Genus reviewed. Bispira is a
diverse group in Southern California but not
much work has been done. Kirk stated that there
could be a systematic difference in the number of
eyespots and the region of the crown where the
eyespots begin. Leslie showed a unique staining
pattern on the collar setiger (or setiger 1) of
Bispira . The ventral shield arrangement stains in
the shape of a big wide W. Five species were
examined and discussed. Included in this
newsletter is a brief description of each species.
Three species of Megalomma were examined. M .
splendida (Moore, 1905) has V-shaped incisions
dorsallaterally on the collar. M. cf. splendida
dorsallaterally on the collar has a pair of deep, Li-
shaped (not V-shaped) incisions. Upon further
examination Leslie determined that M. sp. 1
should be referred to M. circumspectum (Moore,
1923).
The last Genus discussed was Pseudopotamilla, P.
socialis Hartman, 1944 fits Hartman's (1944)
description well. P. sp. 1 has compound eyes that
begin on dorsalmost radicles, 6-8 per radiole.
The more lateral radioles have 2-4 eyes.
The next newsletter will have more detailed
notes and illustrations from Kirk and Leslie
concerning these Genera.
FUTURE MEETINGS
The Anthurid Isopods meeting originally
scheduled for September has been postponed
until October 19,1993. There will be a Amphipod
workshop on September 27-28,1993 with Dr. Jim
Thomas, Elizabeth Harrison-Nelson, and Linda
McCann of the Smithsonion Institution
Washington, D. C. Jim, Elizabeth and Linda will
present and discuss their contribution to the
Amphipod section of the forthcoming MMS Atlas.
There will also be time to examine and discuss
problem specimens. So please start thinking
about questionable amphipods. It will be held at
the Times Mirror Room at Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles, CA. If
anyone is interested in staying overnight there
are rooms available at a special rate ($70 single,
$75 double) at the University Hilton on Figuero
St. Please contact Larry for further information
at (619) 945-1608.
The October 19 meeting (note it is a Tuesday) will
be on Anthurid Isopods with Don Cadien of the
Los Angeles County Sanitation Districts. It will
also be held at the Times Mirror Room at Los
Angeles County Museum of Natural History,
Los Angeles, CA.
TAXONOMIC UPDATE
Tony Phillips (Hyperion) informed members that
Monticellina sp. A previously known as Tharyx
sp. A (Dorsey) has been identified by Dr. James
Blake as Monticellina dorsobranchialis (Kirkegaard,
1959).
JOB ANNOUNCEMENT
Growing South Bay Bio Marine Company needs
a top notch Marine Biologist with outstanding
Literature/Research skills. Person will be
classifying marine organisms. Must like the
academics of Marine Biology and be able to
perform other functions as well. Please contact
Shellie Stewart at (310) 542-6033.
3
July, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 3
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
4
SPECIES LIST 1
Current Identification
Previous Identification (s)
*Demonax medius (Bush, 1904)
*Demonax pallidus (Moore, 1923)
Demonax ^^‘^^(Moore, 19Z3)
Demonax medius fide Lovell
Demonax sp* 1
Sabella sp. A from Pt. Loma,
Demonax sp. fide Harris
Demonax sp. 2
Sabella crassicornis fide Lovell
Bispira turned Hartman, 1969
same
Bispira sp. 1
Bispira turned fide Lovell
Bispira sp. 2
Sabella crassicornis from Pt* Loma
Bispira sp* 3
Pseudopotamilla socilais fide Lovell
Bispira sp. 4
Sabella sp. A,
Pseudopotamilla sp. from Pt. Loma
Bispira sp* 5
Pseudopotamilla sp* from Pt. Loma
Megalomma pigmentata Reish, 1963
same
Megalomma splendida (Moore, 1905)
same
Megalomma cf. splendida
same
Megalomma
CAtaoPe^ lS23^ same
Pseudopotamilla socialis Hartman, 1944
P. sp. fide Lovell
^Pseudopotamilla ocellata Moore, 1905
* Pseudopotamilla intermedia Moore, 1905
Pseudopotamilla sp. 1
cf. Sabella sp* 1
Isabella sp.
= specimens not examined*
DIAGNOSES OF SPECIES EXAMINED:
Bispira sp. 1
Crown only partially spiralled . Paired eye-spots present on most radioles, 2-4 pairs per radiole.
Eyes on dorsalmost radioles begin about l A up from base of crown; beginning higher up on more
ventral radioles. Pigmentation of radioles begins where palmate membrane begins; radioles with
6-7 long pigmented bands, proximal most band longest, following bands become shorter along
length of radiole. Dorsally, collar is widely spaced, with 1 pair of ventro-lateral notches;
mid ventral collar lobes higher than ventrolateral collar margins. No pigment on thorax.
Bispira sp. 2
Crown not spiralled. Paired eye-spots on radioles begin about Dorsal collar widely spaced, with
one pair of ventrolateral notches. On dorsalmost radioles, eyespots on all radioles begin about
V* up from base of crown; 4-5 pairs of eyes on each radiole. Radioles with 6 narrow pigment
bands, proximal most band without eyespots. Thorax dorsally pigmented. Either side of dorsal
midline of peristomium with dark brown pigment in a C- or U-shape. Inner margin of dorsal
coller lobes with brown pigment. At bases of parallel lamellae are a pair of very dark brown
pigment spots . Collar lobes midventally are the same height as rest of collar.
Bispira sp* 3
Crown not spiralled. On dorsal radioles, eyespots begin about A up from base , but originate
more proximally on more ventral radioles. Dorsally 3, ventrally 4 pairs of eyes on each radiole.
Radiole pigment limited to around paired eyes. Middle Vs of crown with light brown pigment.
Dorsal and ventrolateral collar margins at same height. Dorsally collar widely spaced. One pair
of ventrolateral notches. No thoracic pigmentation. Broad flanges on radioles more developed
distally .
Bispira sp. 4
Crown not spiralled. Radiole eyespots begin just below level of palmate membrane , slightly
higher on more lateral and ventral radioles. Up to 11-14 eyespots per radiole, most unpaired .
Narrow brown pigment bands associated w/ eyespots. Dorsally, coller widely spaced. One pair
ventrolateral notches, v-shaped, deep (deeper than in B . sp. 2). Ventrally, collar is a little
higher. No thoracic pigmentation.
Bispira sp. 5
Crown not spiralled. Radiole eyespots begin well above palmate membrane> all eyes unpaired,
located as a medial band on radioles. Radioles with 3-4 pigment, bands associated
with each eye, 2-4 times longer than eye; another pigment band within area of palmate
membrane present, without eyes. Collar with 1 pair of ventrolateral notches as narrow slits, not
V- or U-shaped. Collar higher ventrally. No thoracic pigment.
cf Sabella sp. 1
Branchial crown with no pigmentation or radiolar eyes. Short palmate membrane, low to base.
Crown slightly in turned ventrally, but not spiralled. Collar widely spaced dorsally.
Midventrally, collar is slightly higher and incised. Distal margin of collar appears to be
glandular (does not take up stain). Abdominal neurosetal fascicles not in tight spirals, C~shaped.
Demonax
See Perkins (1984). Unpaired eyespots on radioles. Pigment present on outer margins of
radioles. Collar high, widely spaced dorsally, membranaceous .
Demonax sp. 1
No eyespots on radioles; 13 narrow pigment bands located along inner margins of radioles.
Collar orginates near middorsum, not widely separated. Collar with only midvental incision,
margins even except higher midventrally. Five thoracic setigers. Entire thorax abdomen
pigmented light to dark brown.
Demonax sp. 2
No eyespots on radioles. Similar to D. sp. 1 in coloration & body dimensions, crown has
similar pigment pattern. Five thoracic setigers. Collar distinctly higher ventraliy, middorsally
the margins are well developed and overlap , but there is a middorsal gap.
Megalomma splendida
Collar as described and Figured, v-shaped. Two~3 pairs of compound eyes on crown.
Megalomma cf. splendida
Light pigment bands begin about l 4 up crown, 6 bands on each radiole, all fairly narrow. Five
pairs of eyes on dorsal most radioles. Dorsallaterally the collar has a pair of deep, U-shaped (not
V-shaped) incisions. Collar distinctly higher ventraliy. No pigmentation on thorax.
Megalomma d-| Scares p^tkxn\
Two pairs of compound eyes on 1st and 2nd pair of dorsal raaioles, slightly spiralled, equal in
size, short radiolar tip beyond eye. Radiole pigmentation begins just below half-way mark on
radiole, 5 bands; proximalmost band broadest, more distal bands successively narrower. Collar
originates at dorsal midline, no gap; dorsolaterally incised down to base of collar; middorsal
region of collar folded inward at incision. Collar even in height to ventrum, then w / 2 broadly
rounded, overlapping lobes. No thoracic pigmentation.
Pseudopotamilla socialis
Fits Harman’s (1944) description well. First (dorsalmost) pair of radioles and ventral radioles
without compound eyes , remainder of radioles with 1-2 unpaired eyes . Branchial base flanges
as narrow, even shelves, not incised. Thoracic uncini of last setiger larger and fewer in
number , as described by Hartman.
Pseudopotamilla sp. 1
Compound eyes begin on dorsalmost radioles , 6-8 per radiole; more lateral radioles with 2-4
eyes; eyes absent on ventral most radioles; eyes on radioles begin near base of crown. Branchial
base flanges as narrow, even shelves, not incised. Brown or marone pigment bands on radioles,
associated with eyes. Collar with V-shaped dorsolateral incisions. Collar slightly higher
ventraliy. Dorsal and ventral gaps of collar very narrow. No thoracic pigmentation.
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
August, 1993 Vol. 12, No. 4
NEXT MEETING:
Amphipod Workshop
GUEST SPEAKER:
Dr. Jim Thomas, Elizabeth Harrison-Nelson, and
Linda McCann of the Smithsonion Institution,
Washington, D.C.
DATE:
September 27-28,1993
TIME:
9:30am-5:00pm
LOCATION:
Times Mirror Room, Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles, CA
Cerapus tubukris Say from Benthic Marine Amphipoda of Southern
California: Families Aoridae, Photidae, Isdiyroceridae, Corophiidae,
Podoceridae by J. Laurens Barnard (1962)
SEPTEMBER 27-28 MEETING
The meeting in September will be an Amphipod
workshop with Dr. Jim Thomas, Elizabeth
Harrison-Nelson and Linda McCann of the
Smithsonion Institution Washington, D.C. Jim,
Elizabeth and Linda will present and discuss
their contribution to the Amphipod section of
the forthcomingMMS Atlas, including discussion
on procedures, protocols and computer image
scanning techniques. There will also be time to
examine and discuss problem specimens. So
please start thinking about any taxonomic
problems you have with amphipods. Please
bring voucher specimens, questionable ids, and
other material for confirmation and discussion.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
Scamit Newsletter i$ not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes.
August, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 4
It will be held at the Times Mirror Room at the
Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History,
Los Angeles, CA. If anyone is interested in
staying overnight there are rooms available at a
special rate ($70 single, $75 double; $5.5G/day
parking) at the University Hilton near the
museum on Figuero St Please call (213) 748-4141
for reservations and don't forget to mention you
want the museum rate.
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON AUGUST 9
Ron Velarde announced that SCAMIT has
received one letter of response from the Los
Angeles County Museum of Natural History
(L AMNH) but we are still waiting for word from
the Director regarding our concerns about staff
reductions and possible closing of the museum.
Larry Lovell is still looking for other topics (non
polychaetes) for this year. If anyone has any
ideas or wants to volunteer to lead a meeting
please contact Larry at:
1036 Buena Vista Dr.
Vista, CA 92083
(619) 945-1608
Tony Phillips (Hyperion) announced that the
first volume of the MMS Atlas will be available in
September. He also stated that Dr. James Blake
will be describing Tony's Monticellina sp. B
(Phillips).
The SCAMTTChristmas party has been scheduled
for Saturday, December 11th at the Cabriilo
Marine Aquarium*, San Pedro, CA. *Note: as of
September 1, Cabriilo Marine Museum officially
changed its name to Cabriilo Marine Aquarium
(CMA). The change reflects the organization's
focus on the living marine environment.
The rest of the meeting was devoted to reviewing
several minor discharger's data for inclusion in
the Master Species List.
FUTURE MEETINGS
The October 19 meeting (note: this is a Tuesday)
will be on Anthurid Isopods lead by Don Cadien
of the Los Angeles County Sanitation Districts. It
will be held from 9:30am-3:00pm at the Times
Mirror Room at Los Angeles County Museum of
Natural History, Los Angeles, CA.
The meeting on November 15 (note: third
Monday) will be on Sea Pens, Part 3 and
Corymorphine Hydroids of southern California.
The meeting will be lead by Dr. Gary C. Williams,
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco,
CA. and John Ljubenkov, MEC Analytical
Systems Inc. It willbe held at MEC in their newly
expanded and remodeled offices in Carlsbad,
CA.
Treasurer, Ann Dalkey, is working on a new
SC AMIT brochure. If you received a draft version
from Ann your comments and comments of
other members should be directed to her by the
end of December. Ann's phone number is listed
at end of this newsletter.
2
August, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 4
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
September, 1993 Vol. 12, No. 5
NEXT MEETING:
Anthurid Isopods
GUEST SPEAKER:
Don Cadien of Los Angeles County Sanitation
Districts
DATE:
October 19,1993 (note this is a Tuesday)
TIME:
9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION:
Times Mirror Room, Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles, CA
Haliophasma geminate Mensies and Barnard, 1959, Male.
California, San Diego Co,, Oceanside. 20 February 1957. Coll.
R/ V "Velero IV", AHF 486S-57. Courtesy of R. Brusca
OCTOBER 19 MEETING
The meeting in October will be a workshop on
Anthurid Isopods with Don Cadien of the Los
Angeles County Sanitation Districts. Please bring
any specimens you wish to have examined. It
will be held at the Times Mirror Room at the Los
Angeles County Museum of Natural History
(LACMNH), Los Angeles, CA.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
Scamit Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes .
September, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 5
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON
SEPTEMBER 27-28
Ron Velarde announced that the master species
list of benthic infauna of the Southern California
shelf has been completed.
Drs. Jodi Martin (LACMNH) and Debbie Zmarzly
(SCRIPPS) have described a new crab, Pinnixia
scamit (in prep), which will be published in the
Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington. Jodi also stated that the museum
will be closed on Mondays and Tuesdays (except
first Tues. of each month). None of the
invertebrate curators were touched by the
cutbacks.
Treasurer, Ann Dalkey, is working on a new
SC AMTTbrochure. If you received a draft version
from Ann, your comments and comments of
other members should be directed to her by the
end of December. Ann's phone number is listed
at the end of this newsletter.
The SCAMIT Christmas party has been scheduled
for December 11th at the Cabrillo Marine
Aquarium, San Pedro, CA.
Included in this newsletter is a flier from Dr. E. L.
Bousefield that advertises a newly instituted
journal of invertebrate systematics,
"AMPHIPACIFICA".
Also included in this newsletter is a list of Research
Seminars for Fall 1993 at the Natural History
Museum of Los Angeles County, Los Angeles,
CA.
Dr. Jim Thomas (Smithsonian Institution) chaired
the workshop on amphipods. He started the
meeting by informing attending members that
the Smithsonian is still downsizing it's staff and
is under a financial crunch. Jim said that he
would keep the amphipod newsletter, the mailing
list and inventory up to date. He also expressed
an interest in having SCAMIT involved in
workshops on various invertebrates from the
West and East coast, and announced that the
National Biological Survey (NBS) bill will be
signed on October 1st. NBS is a new bureau
whose main focus will be on generating an
inventory of every animal and plant spedes in
the United States, including their habitats.
The rest of the first day was spent examining
specimens. The first amphipod discussed was
Corophium n. sp. from Los Angeles (LA) Harbor.
This species has a cleft telson and a long spine off
of article 2 of gnathopod 2 (both sexes). Another
specimen examined was Corophium heteroceratum
from LA Harbor. This is a Chinese species that
has invaded the West Coast and has been found
inSan Francisco Bay by John Chapman of Hatfield
Marine Science Center in Newport, Oregon. The
next amphipod discussed was another probable
introduced species, Synchelidium n. sp., from LA
Harbor. An additional specimen studied was a
yet undescribed Fleustidae. This species has
hollow suction-cups on its dactyls and is a
commensal on Paralithodes calijbmiensis and P.
rathbuni (to date). A tricuspidate form of
Rhepoxynius bicuspidatus was then examined
along with R. sp. A which was determined to be
a sibling species of R. bicuspidatus. The last
amphipod discussed was a new species of
Paradexamine.
2
September, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 5
FUTURE MEETINGS
The meeting on November 15 (note: third
Monday) will be on Sea Pens, Part 3 and
Corymorphine Hydroids of southern California.
The meeting will be lead by Dr. Gary C. Williams,
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco,
CA. and John Ljubenkov, MEC Analytical
Systems Inc. It will be held at MEC in their newly
expanded and remodeled offices in Carlsbad,
CA
The December 13 meeting will be a show and tell
with specimens that are weird, strange, or rare
from the recently generated species list. The site
and group of animals to focus on will be
determined at the October meeting.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
3
10/05/93 U9;10
U819 692 4954
m 9vjfovj
RESEARCH SEMINARS NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM
in History and Earth and Life Sciences of LOS Angeles County
«r PLEASE POST/CIRCULATE »
poo Expontm Bouiet/ar}
FALL 1993 SCHEDULE LosAngeles ‘ California 90007
TIMES MIRROR CONFERENCE ROOM
Seminar 3:00 - Coffee/Refreshments 2:45
7 October*
Mark R. Jennings - National Biological Survey, San Simeon
FROGS: DECLINING POPULATIONS AND EXTINCTIONS
14 October
Karen Wise ■ Anthropology Section, LA CM
TBA
21 October
Kirk Fitzhugh - /a vertebrates Section , LACM
EVOLUTIONARY PATTERNS OF REPRODUCTION AND
DEVELOPMENT AMONG FAN WORM POLYCHAETES
28 October
Mark Raab - California State University, North ridge
PREHISTORIC COASTAL HUMAN ECOLOGY OF THE CHANNEL
ISLANDS
4 November
Don Reynolds - Molecular Systematics Laboratory, LACM
ASEXUAL EVOLUTION AMONG THE FUNGI
18 November
Howard Lipschitz - California Institute of Technology, Pasadena
HEADS OR TAILS: HOW GENES CONTROL EARLY
DEVELOPMENT LN DROSOPHILA
2 December
Kevin Pope - Geo Eco Arc Research, La Canada
THE BIOSPHERIC EFFECTS OF THE CRETACEOUS-TERTIARY
CHICXULUB ASTEROID IMPACT
9 December
Bill Me Comas - University of Southern California, Los Angeles
THEMATIC APPROACHES TO BIOLOGICAL ISSUES IN THE
GALAPAGOS ISLANDS
16 December
Anne Cohen - Research Associate, invertebrates Section , LACM
CLADISTIC ANALYSIS OF OSTRACODES: ANCIENT ORDERS TO
RECENT BIOLUMINESCENT SIGNALING GENERA
^Seminar at 3:30
- ALL INTERESTED PERSONS ARE INVITED TO ATTEND -
Saminar suggest! one/quest to ns should be directed to Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh* invertebrates Section (213-744*3233)
Cjtorgt C Page Museum, Hancock Park, 5801 Wi/shire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90056, (21$) 8$ 7-65if
\Y/;fK*rr- <: TJsrrt M itwum Hart P/irb S &?j Fernand 1 Road. Neu/ball. California 0 Till, (So 1 )) 254~4 5$^
6196314331
PGSTHL HNNtX HI 31
3*40
3t:r d.^ 1 ^3 ±i . j>d
<iev>y CA*'
■>/vc - ^
September 8, 1993. ^ .jStAjfjJ-
'A&S.'s y<*^ G’a^-q .
<p<j *+<Ai xC-<.o-
Oear
I am enclosing a flier that advertises a newly instituted journal of invertebrate sys-
tematics, "#MPHI PACIFICA", Its purpose is to publish, efficiently and at reasonable
cost, a growing backlog of large monographic papers, replete with new taxa, especially
from the faunistically rich and relatively unexplored North Pacific coastal marine reg¬
ion. These studies have become difficult to publish elsewhere mainly because of recent
overall decline in publication outlets for papers of this kind. To date, completed (or near
ly completed) manuscripts and diskettes are on hand, especially those concerning crust¬
aceans, are sufficient to fill much of the first volume (4 issues), and projections for
other tides carry well into the second volume. Production and mailing costs can be met
by means of very reasonable page charges to authors and through competitive rates to
subscribers. To date, the Editorial and Advisory Boards have been successful in attract¬
ing significant institutional support to make the program initially feasible. However,
its continuing success and viability depends on subscriptions from biological research
libraries, and from individuals and colleagues worid-wtde.
We would therefore value your help in drawing this flier to the attention of your
head librarian, and to colleagues in your agency, who might be interested in subscribing
to this new journal, or contributing to its contents in the future.
6196314331
POSTPL ftNNEX S131
LiL j rao
Ssfci-
AMPHIPACIFICA is a new interna¬
tional journal of invertebrate system-
atics, aimed primarily at the publica¬
tion of monographic treatments that are
too large or bulky (50 - TOO printed
pages, including plates) for acceptance
by established taxonomic journals such
as the Journal of Crustacean Biology, or
the Canadian Journal of Zoology. Ini¬
tially, the contents will feature mono¬
graphic studies on crustaceans of the
faunisticaliy rich and geologically an¬
cient North American Pacific coastal
marine region. The scope of this journal
extends also to other arthropods,
mollusks, annelids, and to other re¬
gional invertebrate taxa, both aquatic
and terrestrial, including parasites, and
to aspects of vertebrate animals that
may involve invertebrates.
The journal will appear quarterly, or
approximately so, with a run of 300-
400 copies per issue, each of 200-2Z5
pages, and a Volume (yearly) total of
1100 pages (approx.) Printed page size
is 8.5X11 inches (22 X 27.5 cm). Paper
quality will accommodate line cuts and
half tones at 400-600 d.p.i., and a lim¬
ited number of colour plates at author
cost. Manuscripts are to be submitted
in “camera-ready” computerized for¬
mat (IBM- or MAC-compatible diskettes)
that have previously been refereed and
text-edited at the author’s instigation.
Suitability of manuscripts, based on
content and adherence to submission
regulations, will be decided by the Ad¬
visory Board of the new journal.
The cost of printing and mailing of
each issue will be defrayed by instit¬
utional and individual subscriptions of
SS0.00 CAN. FUNDS ($40.00 US) per an¬
num, and by page charges to the author
of $15.00 per printed page (including
plates). More detailed advisories, and a
subscription form, are provided on the
reverse side of this flier.
Editorial Board
Or. E. L. Bousfieid, Managing Editor, Royal British
Columbia Museum, Victoria, B. C.
Dr. C. P. Staude, Associate Editor, Friday Harbor
Laboratories, Friday Harbor. WA, USA,
Mr. P. M. Lambert. Associate Editor, Royal British
Columbia Museum, Victoria, B. C.
Advisory Board
Dr. D. R. Caider, Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto,
Ontario.
Or. D. E. McAllister, Canadian Museum of Nature,
Ottawa, Ontario.
Dr. C.-t. Shih, Canadian Museum of Nature, Ottawa,
Ontario
Dr. G. G. E. Scudder. University of British Colum¬
bia, Vancouver, B. C.
Dr. Leo Margolis, Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B. C.
Marjorie Bousfieid, M5c., Montreal, Quebec.
Sponsoring Agencies
The Royal British Columbia Museum, Victoria, B. C.
The Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, Ontario.
The Canadian Museum of Nature, Ottawa, Ontario.
The Friday Harbor Laboratories, University of
Washington, Friday Harbor, WA, USA.
Registration
The journal “AMPHIPACIFICA" is registered at
the National Library of Canada, Legal Deposit Of¬
fice, 395 Wellington St., Ottawa, Canada, as ISSN
Number 9946895.
Printing
6196314Jjil
rUDIML MJNMC.A t+l-JJ.
nui
itilx* brand
•ax Transmittal Memo m*
lU-
© No . of Pages
From
3
C~d
Fax*
(on -
Telephone *
CornrrunK
(t> e T2--‘fqo]
Ccnpany
Locaiion
F«#
*7
!«.,«».<, y x Yo T,m */a..- ^
Original
Disposition
£3 f '"‘7^5 f
D«pt. Change
T ~'^y-r/^a ( r
Q R* W m Qcalllorpidtup
&~-e. rw C*>^**i *
-gydP nw-C'-fT^ f/h^o^
/tW CT*~~
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
Manuscript submission. Manuscripts submitted
for publication should represent original contributions
that have not been published elsewhere. Under special
^circumstances, some reviews, advertisements, and
"pertinent short articles may be considered for publica¬
tion, The text should be written in English or French,
with Abstract in the other language. Abstracts should
be suitable for separate publication in an abstract
journal. Manuscripts must be submitted primarily on 3
1 fZ Inch high density diskettes, utilizing either ISM- or
MAC-compatibie computerized publishing systems (e.g.,
Aldus PageMaker, Quark Express), preferably in 2-
column form. Diskettes must be accompanied by one 8. S
X11 -inch (22 X 29 cm) hard copy (printed manuscript),
with 1-in, text margins. Papers must have previously
been refereed and text-edited. Authors must submit the
name, address, and telephone number of the referee.
Acceptance of the pa¬
per is also contingent
on prior payment of
printing charges of SI 5
per page (CAN ADIAN
FUNDS). Applications
for page subsidies,
from authors lacking
supporting institutions or research grants, will be
considered. Diskettes must be submitted in publishable
form since virtually no editorial (mechanical) services
will be performed on them here or by the Printing House,
and no page proof will be sent. Authors (combined) will
receive 100 free reprints per published paper. Mailings
of this journal
are expected to
reach a minimum
of 200 libraries c
cal laboratories, and other research institutions, in
addition to individuals.
Text. The publication style of most standard interna¬
tional taxonomic journals will be acceptable, with the
following provisos. Genus and species names must be
in italics, and Boldface italics when utilized as
headings. Titles of sections and subsections must be
in Boldface Roman The text, tables, and figures
combined (with rare exceptions) must not total less
than SO, and not more than about 100, printed pages.
Prime recommended type font is “Geneva* 9-point, as
in this flier, but other recommended fonts are "“New
York”, “Helvetica", and 'Courier'.
Figures and Tables. All figures and tables must be
dearly numbered and referred to in the text. Line
drawings and half-tone illustrations must meet accept¬
able standards of clarity and quality; the former should
be accompanied by PMT's of publishable size (max.
width of 16.5 cm or€.5 inches), and the latter by glossy
prints and/or negatives. Taxonomic papers lacking ill¬
ustrations will not be accepted.
References. Works should be quoted and listed in a
form utilized by standard (refereed) international taxo¬
nomic journals. Standard abbreviations for the jour¬
nals' names should be used.
Please enter my subscription to AMPHIPACIFiCA:
Name: .
(~$40. U,S. FUNDS)
. 0 Cheque (Money Order) enclosed
Date . 0 Please Invoice me
Please address ait correspondence to:
Dr. E. L. Bousfield, Managing Editor, AMPHIPACIF1CA, Royal British Columbia Museum, 675 Belle¬
ville St., Victoria, B. C., CANADA. V8V 1X4 Phone: (604) 380-3787. FAX (604) 356-8197,
* s< Hj,
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
October, 1993 VoL 12, No. 6
NEXT MEETING:
Corymorphine Hydroids
GUEST SPEAKER:
John Liubenkov, MEC Analytical Systems Inc.,
Carlsbad, CA
DATE:
November 15,1993 (note third Monday)
TIME:
9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION:
MEC Analytical Systems Inc., Carlsbad, CA (map
is included)
NOVEMBER 15 MEETING
The meeting in November will be on
Corymorphine Hydroids of southern California.
In addition, some of the unique cnidarians
generated from the master species list will be
reviewed. Please bring any cnidarians you need
to have identified or confirmed. The workshop
will be leadby JohnLjubenkovof MEC Analytical
Systems Inc. It will be held at MEC Analytical
Systems Inc., Carlsbad, CA.
Amphitrite ornata from Invert. Zoology (Sec. Ed.) by
Paul A. Meglitsch
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
Scamit Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes .
October, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 6
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON FUTURE MEETINGS
OCTOBER 19
The SC AMIT Christmas party has been scheduled
for December 11th at the Cabrillo Marine
Aquarium, San Pedro, C A. If anyone is interested
in organizing the party and coming up with a
theme please do not hesitate to do so.
The City of San Diego is pleased to announce
four new employees. They are Laura Essex, Ami
Groce, Megan Lilly, and Rick Rowe.
The December 13 meeting will be a show and tell
with polychaete specimens that are weird,
strange, or rare from the recently generated
species list. There will also be some discussion
on what SC AMIT s responsibility will be for the
species list, how we can use it and whether we
can distribute it. Tentatively the meeting will be
held at Kirk Fitzhugh’s polychaete lab at the Los
Angeles Natural History Museum.
Don Cadien (Los Angeles County Sanitation
Districts) informed attending members about
new literature; the Amphipod Newsletter 19 and
Amphipods, a noble obession: Essays in memory
of J, Laurens Barnard (1928-1991), Journal of
Natural History 27(4): 723-988.
Included in this newsletter is a list of publications
available from De LTnstitutOceanographique in
Paris, France.
Also included is a call for abstracts for the 1994
Water Environment Federation 67th Annual
Conference and Exposition in Chicago, HI.
Don Cadien chaired the workshop on Anthurid
Isopods. Included in this newsletter is a handout
prepared by Don and Richard C. Brusca. If
anyone has any comments please send them to
Don at LA County Sanitation Districts, Marine
Biology Lab v 24501 S. Figueroa St., Carson, Ca
90745, (310) 775-2351 ext. 403. He will be
modifying the key for future reference.
2
October, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 6
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
3
tp
p
K
*
EL < rjo C£A\
r ?■
J!AP TO KA^ I’*E ECOLOGICAL COr.'SILTA-TTS (!IEC)
ANTHURIDEAN ISOPODS (CRUSTACEA) OF CALIFORNIA AND THE TEMPERATE
NORTHEAST PACIFIC
Don Cadien and Richard C. Brusca
(presented at the October 19, 1993 meeting of SCAM IT)
I. Introduction
Literature on the anthuridean isopod fauna of California and the northeast Pacific has not recently
been synthesized. Since the most recent comprehensive report (Schultz 1977) family and generic level
reviews have altered the nomenclature of several species. Environmental survey and monitoring programs
have generated many new geographic and bathymetric distributional records for eastern Pacific
anthurideans, most as yet unpublished, and have collected several undescribed species. The current review
was undertaken to update and standardize anthuridean taxonomy in California, and to disseminate
information derived from a variety of unpublished sources.
II. Definition of the Group
Isopods of the suborder Anthuridea are most easily recognized by their slender elongate bodies
(usually 7 or more limes longer than wide), lateral uropods that curve up and over the pleotelson, and
presence of (usually) one or two pleotelsonic statocysts (Fig. 1.1). Unlike most isopods, anthurideans are
not .much flattened dorso-vent rally and are circular or oval in cross-sect ion. According to Brusca and
Wilson (1991), the specific defining synapomorphies of the Anthuridea are: mandible without distinct
lacinia mobilis or spine row, instead with a lamina dcntata (which may be secondarily lost in some
species); maxillae reduced, minute, fused to paragnath (or lost entirety); coxae of maxillipeds fused to
head; maxillipedal endite without coupling spines; and uropodal exopod folded dorsally over pleotelson.
Brusca and Wilson (1991) placed this suborder within the "flabelliferan complex* (the Flabellifera
sensu lato). The suborder contains four families, all now known to occur in the temperate northeast
Pacific. Most species achieve a moderate size (8-I5mm length), but a few are much smaller (4mm) or
larger (45mm). Most anthurideans are marine, but some genera have marine, brackish, and freshwater
members (e.g, Cyathura ), some are exclusively freshwater (e.g. Cruregcns ), some are primarily stygofaunal
(e,g. Stygocyathura), and some are primarily anchialine or interstitial (e.g. Curassanthura). About 200
species have been described, but this is almost certainly only a small percentage (probably less than half)
of the world fauna.
III. Aspects of Anthuridean Biology
Reproduction - Mature male and female anthurideans are easily separated by secondary sexual
characters, particularly the enlarged, multiarticulate, aesthetasc-fringed flagellum of the male first antenna
(Fig. 2). In some cases males and females differ so greatly in gross morphology that they were initially
described as separate species, The apparent separation of sexes can, however, be misleading, as
protogynous sequential hermaphroditism occurs in many species. In others, as in some lanaids
(Buckle-Ramirez 1965), there is also male polymorphy, with some animals always male and some males
developing secondarily from post-brood females (Leg rand & Juchalt 1963, Burbanck &, Burbanck 1974,
1979).
1
Sex ratio in collections of anthurids is often skewed strongly towards females and juveniles, with
few adult males (Kensley & Scholte 1989), although in Apanthura the reverse may be true* Examining a
collection of several hundred Apanthura from tropical Australia, Poore and Lew Ton (1988b) noted no
oostegite bearing females, and they suggested reproduction in this genus might deviate from the normal
anthuridean pattern- Seasonal fluctuations of sex ratio in some species appear related to protogynous
hermaphroditism (Burbanck & Burbanck 1979).
As in other isopods, the gonopores are located ventral ly oq the stemite of the fifth pereonite of
the female and the seventh pereonite of the male. The inner ramus (endopod) of the male second
pleopod also bears an appendix masculina as in other iso pods. These structures assist in sperm transfer
between the penile papillae of the male and the gonopore of the female. Their structure can be useful in
anthuridean taxonomy, but details are unknown for most species, and may vary within a species due to
male polymorphy.
Fertilization may occur in the ovary as in sphaeromatifls (Shuster 1991} or may take place in the
oviduct, before the eggs pass out through the gonopore and into the marsupium following molting (while
the exoskeleton is still elastic). Eggs in the marsupium are already fertilized (at least in Cyathura ) since
they are encased in a vitelline coat lacking a micropyle for admission of sperm (Stromberg 1972). The
marsupium is formed by paired oostegites on per eon it es 2 or 3 through 5. Once in the marsupium the
young undergo epimorphic development, eventually leaving as mancas. Mancas exit with only six pairs of
pereopods and thus can be differentiated from post-manca juveniles with seven pairs- The genera
Cruregcns and Cofanthura are neotenous, and have the formation of the seventh pereopod suppressed even
in the adult.
Growth - No information is available on growth rates or molting frequencies for any eastern
Pacific anthurideans. In the Atlantic species Cyathura carinata growth' rate is dependent on temperature
and food availability, and growth ceases during reproduction (Bamber 1985). Rate of growth declines with
age in Cyathura carinata (Bamber 1985), but information is lacking on eastern Pacific species.
Feeding - There are two types of mouth parts in anthurids; those modified for piercing and
sucking (Fig. 1.2), and those adapted for biting and chewing (Fig. 1.3). Che wing/biting mouth parts are
used to feed either on detritus (Schultz 1977) or on living prey (Wagele 1981). Burbanck & Burbanck
(1979) reported that while normally feeding on detritus, Cyathura polita may also consume both live and
dead polychaetes, oligochaetes, amphipods, shrimp, and fish when the opportunity arises. Piercing mouth
parts occur only in the family Parenthuridae, and are associated largely with species living among and
feeding upon algae (Schultz 1977). Feeding ecology of eastern Pacific species has not been studied.
Habitats - Anthurideans are important and often abundant components of the offshore
soft-sediment marine environment. Most live in sediment burrows or tubes, or within algal mats, habjXsm
agreement with their narrow and elongate bodies. They may excavate burrows themselves (Fig. 3.1), of 1 '
move into tubes or burrows abandoned by other organisms (e.g. Cyathura polita - Burbanck & Burbanck
1979). Anthurideans from hard substrates may live in crevices or fissures, in holes formed by other
species, or in the attached tubes of other organisms (Wagele 1981). They are often found associated with
littoral and sublittoral algae. Eisothistos sp. A lives among the incomplete septae at the eroded bases of
the colonial coral Cocnocyathus bowersi. A few other local species live outside of burrows or other shelter,
finding adequate concealment among the tangled thalli of filamentous algae (e.g. Paranthura elegans) t or
among the rhizomes of seagrasses.
2
Family Hyssuridae
Hyssuridae gen. A, sp. A [MBC, 1984] Formerly reported as Apanthura sp. A; see comments
below.
Family Anthuridae
Amakusanthura califomiensis (Schultz* 1964)** Formerly placed in Apanthura and Apanthuretta;
see comments below.
Calathura branchiate (Stimpson, 1855) Formerly placed in Anthura; see comments below.
Cyaihura carinata (Kroyer, 1849). Originally placed in Anthura; see comments below.
Cyathura munda Menzies, 1951*
Eisothistos sp, A [MBC, 1984]. Formerly reported as Hcteranthura sp. A; see comments below.
Eisothistos sp. B [Cadien, 1990]
HaUophasma geminatum Menzies & Barnard, 1959** Formerly placed in SUophasma; see
comments below,
Mesanthura Occident alts Menzies & Barnard, 1959**
IV. Comments on Individual Species (listed alphabetically)
Amakusanthura califomiensis (Fig. 4), The brief original description (Schultz 1964) was based on a
lot of twelve females from "several to 11 mm long," taken from black mud at a depth of 80m off Santa
Monica, California. Schultz (1977) was aware of no additional records of the species, and we are aware of
no other published records since the original description. However, this species has been collected in
several environmental monitoring programs from southern California. It also occurred in samples from
west Mexico taken during Allan Hancock Foundation cruises, ranging as far south as Isla Guadalupe (pers,
ob$v.,LACMNH collections). The species was transferred from Apanthura Stebbing, to Apanthuretta
Wagele by Poore & Lew Ton (1985), and subsequently to Amakusanthura Nunomura when Apanthuretta
itself was synonymized (Poore & Lew Ton 1988b). The holotype of A, califomiensis has been reexamined
and inaccuracies and omissions in the original description are being corrected (Wetzer & Brusca, in press).
Most importantly, pleonites 1-5 are dorsally fused along the midline, and the maxillipedal endite is broad
and lobelike.
Ananthura luna (Fig. 5). Bathura Schultz was originally differentiated from Ananthura Barnard by
a low tooth on the palm of the first pereopod, by the characteristic broadly-radiating setal clusters at the
distal tips of the uropodal rami and pleotelson, and by the lack of serrations on the outer margins of the
uropodal endopods (Schultz 1966). Kensley (1978) deemed these characters insufficient to support
separate generic status and synonymized both Bathura and Ananthura with Anthelura Norman and
Stebbing. These genera were later reexamined by Poore and Lew Ton (1988d), who separated Ananthura
and Anthelura on the basis of their statocysts. Bathura t which was described with two statocysts, was
reevaluated as having one central statocyst with a slitlike dorsal pore, as in Ananthura . Although this
feature was not interpreted as a statocyst by Schultz, it was clearly indicated in his illustration of the
holotype. Ananthura tuna is a large species (to 21mm length; Schultz 1977) that is infrequently
encountered in relatively deep water (783-1298m) off the southern California borderland between the
Coronado and Santa Monica Submarine Canyons. It may also occur in shallower water around canyon
heads, based on a sample from Santa Monica Bay (taken in 78m) in the LACMNH collection.
Calathura branchiata (Fig. 6) was originally described from New Brunswick (eastern Canada) by
Stimpson (as Anthura branchiata ), and has since become the senior synonym for two of G.O. Sare’
northeast Atlantic species (Paranihura nonvcgica Sars and Paranthura arcttea Sars). Guijanova*s (1936)
record of C. branchiata from north Pacific, from the Sea of Okhotsk and the Bering Sea, and Coyle and
4
Predators - Many fishes arc; known to teed on the west Atlantic estuarine species Cyathura polita ,
as do blue crabs (Burbanck and Burbanck 1979). Predation by crabs* and other invertebrates is likely for
eastern Pacific species, but has not been documented. In an evaluation of trophic relationships between
fishes and benthic invertebrates at Catalina Island, Hobson & Chess (Ms.) found 11 fishes feeding on
anthuridean isopods. Forty-one anthurids were found in the guts of 28 fish. Most of the isopods were
consumed by three species; black surfperch Embiotoca jacksoni (6 guts, 10 isopods), blackeye goby
Coryphopterus nicholsi (5 guts, 8 isopods), and California sheephead Pimclometopon pulchrum (5 guts, 10
isopods). Species taking anthurideans at lower frequencies were rock wrasse Halichoeres semicinctus,
senorita Oxyjuhs californicus , kelp surfperch Brachyistms frenatus , island kelpfish Alloclinus holderi, garibaldi
Hypsypops rubicund us * halfmoon Medio inn a californica, kelp bass Parolabrax c la thrarus t and blue-banded
goby Lythrypnus dalli.
Anthurideans are slow compared to many other peracarids, and they swim only clumsily. Outside
their refuges their movements are awkward, and they are probably easy prey to predatory nemerteans*
annelids, and other arthropods. Despite the lack of special protective or offensive structures, some
anthurideans respond aggressively to attack. If seized from behind, Paranthura elegans will twist around
and strike at it's attacker (pers, obsv.). Perhaps this aggressive response is sufficient to deter some
would-be predators.
The relatively indurated pleotelsonic region of many anthurideans apparently serves as an
operculum to block access to certain tube or burrow-dwelling species. Observations on living Eisothistos
(Wagele 1981) indicated that they adopt a head down position in serpulid worm tubes while feeding on the
original occupant. This leaves the ornamented pleotelson and uropods in the position of the worm’s
operculum (Fig. 3.2). Foraminiferans and sponges observed attached to the tail-fan of Eisothistos sp B
suggest they may move little once established in a tube, thus minimizing exposure to predators.
IV. Anthuridea of the West Coast of North America (North of Mexico)
Apart from Edanthura linearis Boone, 1923, the first anthurideans known from the northeastern
temperate Pacific were those described by Menzies (1951). The temperate fauna of the northeast Pacific
currently contains at least 15 recognizable species. Three are undescribed species and 12 are nominate
species, of which one is a nomcn nudum (Paranthura linearis), one may be a misidentification or incorrect
locality record {Paranthura algicola )* and one is clearly a questionable record ( Cyathura carinata ).
Holotypes (**) or paratypes (*) of most of these species are in the collection of the Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History (LACMNH)(Wetzer et al. 1991), as noted below. North of California*
anthuridean isopods are both less common and less diverse. No members of this suborder were reported
by Richardson (1905) for the northeast Pacific, by Hatch (1947) from Washington* or by George Sl
Stromberg (1968) from Puget Sound. In a detailed environmental analysis of benthic communities in
Puget Sound, Lie (1968) reported Haliophasma geminatum , and three other species have since been
reported from the northeast Pacific: Cyathura carinata , Calathura branchiata^ and Eisothistos sp B .
Family Antheluridae
Ananthura luna (Schultz* 1966)** Formerly placed in Bathura; see comments below.
Family Paranthuridae
Caiifanthura squamosissima (Menzies, 1951)* Formerly placed in Coianthura; see comments
below.
Coianthura bruscai Poore, 1984*
Paranthura algicola Nunomura, 1978 Questionable species; see comments below.
Paranthura elegans Menzies, 1951*
Paranthura linearis nomen nudum. Formerly placed in Edanthura ; see comments below.
3
Muller's (1981) record from the Cull'of Alaska, establish this species as circum-north Pacific in
distribution. It has not been reported south of Alaska, and it's reported depth range is 20-1500m
Calijanlkura squamosixsima (Fjg. 7). Schultz (1977) sunk Colanthura Richardson, on the basis of a
supposed synonymy of Colanthura tenuis Richardson (the type species) and Paranthura infundibula!a
Richardson, and he erected Califanfhura as a replacement genus for Colanthura squamosissima . Poore
(1980), however, resurrected Colanthura ^ declaring both it and C tenuis to be valid taxa. Poore’s
conclusion was based, in part, on a reexamination of the types of C tenuis and P. infundtbulata by Kensley,
who also did not substantiate their synonymy (in Poore 1980), Although Poore's (1980) move sunk
Schultz' Califanfhura into Colanthura , he later (Poore 1984) reestablished it as a valid genus, which now
contains six species worldwide. C. squamosissima is a small species, reaching only about 5.2mm in length.
It occurs in shallow water (18-90m) from Dillon Beach, California (Schultz 1977) to Magdalena Bay, west
Baja California (Nunomura 1978), and has also been collected intertidally at Morro Bay and La Jolla.
Colanthura bruscai (Fig. 8) is similar to C squamosissima in general appearance and size.
However, it is predominantly Panamic in distribution, with it's northernmost occurrence at San Clemente,
California (Poore 1984), and from there ranging south to at least Costa Rica. It occurs intertidal ly at most
locations, although some northern records are subtidal to a maximum depth of 27m. The maximum
reported length is 5.4mm (Poore 1984).
Cyaihura carinata is a northern European species. Bernard’s (1978:576) record from the Strait of
Georgia (British Columbia, Canada), if accurate, may reflect a relict north Pacific population from a
former circumboreal distribution. However, because there are no other reports of this well-known Atlantic
species from the Pacific Ocean, this unpublished Pacific record needs confirmation. The record in Austin
(1985) presumably is derived from Bernard's report. This species was originally placed in Anthura ; and
transferred to Cyaihura by Norman and Stebbing (1886). It is not included in our key,
Cyathura mttndu (Fig. 9) is a moderate size (to 9 mm), narrow (length more than 9 times width)
species, usually associated with brown algal holdfasts on hard substrates. The type material from northern
California was all taken from the holdfasts ot Egregia and Laminaria. All the subtidal records ofMenzies
& Barnard (1959) are from stations where the samples were noted to contain either kelp or rocks (Allan
Hancock Foundation, 1965). LACMNH material of this species usually indicates collection from kelp or
from surfgrass (Phyllospadix). This species has heen taken from the intertidal zone (Menzies 1951) to 58m
(Menzies and Barnard 1959), from Tomales Point to the Mexican border, and in the Gulf of California.
More recent collections in the Santa Maria Basin extend the depth range down to 132m on rocks. Brusca
and Iverson (1985) described a very similar species from intertidal habitats on the Pacific coast of Costa
Rica (C, guaroensis ).
Eisothistos sp. A. A single juvenile specimen (1.4mm) of this species was taken off Tajiguas, Santa
Barbara Co., California at 77m depth, in the washings of rocks retrieved during a submersible dive in 1984.
It was initially called by the unpublished name Hetcranihura sp. A. However, Wagele (1981) synonymized
Heteranthura Kensley and Eisothistos Has well, hence the generic reassignment. This specimen, while
clearly not belonging to any other eastern Pacific anthuridean species, is not sufficiently adult to compare
with other species of Eisothistos , of which there are over a dozen worldwide. Additional specimens were
later taken by Hans Kuck (LACMNH) in 1989, in association with colonies of the coral Coenocyathus
bowersi collected at 5-8m depth off the eastern shore of Catalina Island. These specimens were larger
(2-2.5mm), but still not fully adult. In gross morphology this species is similar to Eisothistos antarcticus
as described by Wagele (1984b), with serrate uropodal and pleotelsonic margins, and a single row of spines
down the middle of the pleotelson. The range of this undescribed California species, as currently known,
is 5-77m, Tajiguas to Catalina Island. The genus Eisothistos was recently transferred from Hyssuridae to
Anthuridae by Poore Lew Ton (l9SSc).
5
Eisoihistos sp. B was encountered in environmental monitoring samples from Alaska related to the
Exxon Valdez oil spill. Although the exact locations of the sampling sites were unavailable because of
litigation, the animals were collected between the intertidal zone and 10m depth somewhere in Prince
William Sound. Numerous specimens were taken from the tubes of serpulid polychaetes, a common
habitat for members of this genus. This species resembles both Eisothistos sp. A and Eisothistos minutus
(Sivertsen and Holthuis, 1980) of the tropical east Atlantic. Post-brood adult females, which undergo
elongation of pereonites 2-6 (Fig. 10) as described for other species (Wagele 1981), may reach 5mm in
length. This species has not been recorded from California waters.
Haliophosma geminalum (Fig. II). Schultz (1977) erected a new genus {SUophasma} for this
species, which the revision of Poore (1975) had placed beyond the bounds of a redefined Haliophosma
Haswell. Subsequently, the definition of Haliophasma was expanded such that SUophasma was no longer
needed, and it fell into synonymy with Haliophasma (see Negoescu and Wagele 1984 and Poore and Lew
Ton 1988a), Poore (1975) changed the spelling of the trivial name from "geminata" to "geminatum* to
match the gender of the generic name. Schultz (1977) gave 7mm as maximum size for Haliophosma
geminatum t but we have seen specimens from California as large as 12mm in length. This species ranges
from Monterey, California (Iverson 1974) to San Quintin Bay, Baja California, Mexico (Menzies 1962)
over a broad depth range (9-512m). Lie (1968) also recorded it from Puget Sound.
Hyssuridae gem Asp. A (Fig. 12). Collections made in the western Santa Barbara Channel and in
the Santa Maria basin in central California encountered scattered specimens of this small species (5~6mm
length). This may be the same as the "Anthurid n. sp. & n. gen." reported but not well described by
Menzies (1962) from off San Quintin Bay, Baja California. In his discussion, Menzies indicated a close
affinity to Kupellonura for his specimens, but felt they might constitute a new genus. The present material
matches the characters Menzies noted; indurated pleotelson with a ventral keel, separation of all pleonal
segments, antennal flagellum article counts, and details of the uropods. Menzies did not illustrate his
material, and nothing in his brief discussion is unique enough to definitely establish identity between his
material and our own. Redefinition of the genera of the Hyssuridae by Poore and Lew Ton (1988c) places
the current material close to both Kupellonura Barnard and Hyssura Norman and Stebbing. One might be
inclined to assign it to Kupellonura because of the presence of lobes on the lateral margins of the uropodal
exopods, a unique synapomorphy for this genus (Poore and Lew Ton 1988c). It also possess a triangular
carpus on pereopods IV-VII, whereas the carpus of Hyssura species is rectangular in shape. However, the
mouth parts are more characteristic of Hyssura in that the mandibular molar process is acute (not blunt, as
is characteristic of Kupellonura ), and the maxiliipedal endite is short, reaching only the second palp article
(rather than the third article, as is typical of Kupellonura). One of the specimens of this species we
examined had a 4-articulate flagellum on the left antenna and an S-articulate flagellum on the right. Other
than our own observations and Menzies* possible record, this species has not been reported from the
northeast Pacific. Our material came from .a sample taken off the southeast end of San Miguel Island, and
from seven MMS sampling stations between Oso Flaco and the north side of Anacapa Island, from 47 to-
166m.
Mesanthura occidental^ (Fig. 13). The original description of this species distinguishes it solely on
the basis of the dorsal pigmentation pattern. Illustrations of the pleotelson apex, the maxilliped, the
antennae, and the last three articles of the first pereopod were provided, but not discussed. This was
amplified by description of a paratype, with a more complete illustration of it’s antennae, mouth parts, and
appendages by Wagele (1984a). Although taken subtidally by grab, the 7mm holotype female came from a
sample containing kelp fragments and red algae. Menzies and Barnard (1959) recorded this species from
two localities (Point Conception and Point Fermin, California), both containing either kelp or rock, and
both from shallow water (12-20m). An additional lot was reported by Schultz (1964) from off Palos
Verdes, also in shallow water (20m). Schultz (1977) later gave this species’ range as "Point Conception to
San Quintin Bay, Baja California" and "from shallow water to 55m deep," perhaps a transcription error of
6
earlier literature. The records of Menzies and Barnard (1959) suggest that this is a shallow-water species,
probably associated with either macroalgal holdfasts, or with algal mats or turf, Brusca (1980) reported a
similar appearing congener {Mesanihura sp.) from intertidal algal mats in the Gulf of California that may,
in time, prove to be a variant of M. occidentalis. Mesanihura nubifera Wagele, 1984, also from intertidal
habitats in the Gulf of California, does not match the pigmentation of Brusca's (1980) species.
Paranthura atgicata (Fig. 14) was described by Nunomura (1978) on the basis of two female
specimens (5.5mm and 10mm in length) sent to him by Waldo Schmitt in the I970's. The locality was
given as simply a "rocky beach in California, washed from algae, 24 November 1916." Judging by
Nunomura's illustrations, his animals may have been Paranthura elegans showing the effects of long-time
preservation. Nunomura stated that P . algicofa differed from P. elegans in having: "eyes with scattered
ocelli" [sic] t pleonites medially fused, and by the "shape of the posterior border of the sixth pleonal
somite." In fact, the eyes of P. elegans are large with many ommatidia and could easily appear as figured
and described by Nunomura after many years of preservation; the pleonites are free in P. elegans but the
articulations are very faint and can easily be mistaken as being fused; and, we see no significant differences
between these two species in the posterior margin of the sixth pleonite (aside from what could be
attributed to poor renditions by both Nunomura and Menzies). Nunomura’s description and figures are
difficult to interpret, but the type material was reported as being at the USNM and should be reexamined
to establish the correct disposition of this species. We did not include this species in the key that follows.
Nunomura (1978) also described another species of Paranthura, which he gave the unfortunate name of P.
californiae* from Magdalena Bay (Baja California, Mexico) that closely resembles P. elegans.
Paranthura elegans (Fig. 15) ranges from Dillon Beach at least to San Quintin Bay (west coast of
Baja California, Mexico), from the intertidal zone to a depth of 55m (Schultz 1977), and also throughout
the Gulf of California (Brusca 1980). It frequents algal mats and clumps, mud bottoms, encrusted pier
pilings, and rocky low intertidal habitats. Adults reach about 9.5mm in length in California waters, but are
larger in the warmer waters of the Gulf of California (8-15mm). Differences is adult size along a
latitudinal gradient are not uncommon, and have heen reported for idoteid isopods in the eastern Pacific
(Brusca and Wallerstein 1979, Wallerstein and Brusca 1982), and for Cyathura poll!a on the east coast of
America (Burbanck and Burbanck 1979).
Paranthura linearis has remained enigmatic since its description (as Edanthura linearis ). Boone
(1923) reported this animal from Laguna Beach, California. She described it's mouth parts only as "well
developed, unique"; perhaps accurate but certainly imprecise. Menzies (1951) considered Edanthura Boone
a synonym of Paranthura Bate and Westwood, and also recommended £. linearis be reduced to nomen
nudum status. Poore (1984) and Negoescu & Wagele (1984) apparently agreed with these assignments.
The type has not been found at the USNM (where Boone indicated it had been deposited), and its
whereabouts remains unknown. This species is not included in the key that follows.
V. Key to the Species of Anthuridea Known from the Northeast Pacific (North of Mexico)
1. Mouth parts adapted for piercing and sucking, together forming an anteriorly directed cone-like
structure under the head; maxillipedal palps long, thin, and tapering; mandibular incisor smooth,
styliform, not toothed; mandihle without molar process or lamina dentata; 0 or 1 statocyst in
pleotelson; first pleopods enlarged and operculate to others.2
- Mouth parts adapted for biting and chewing, not forming a conelike structure; maxillipedal palps
broad; mandibular incisor often toothed; mandible usually with molar process and lamina dentata;
0, l,or 2 pleotelsonic statocysts; first pleopods may or may not be operculate to others .4
7
2. Pereonite 7 at least 50% as long as 6; seventh pereopods present . Paranthura elegans
- Pereonite 7 less than 20% as long as 6; seventh pereopods absent . 3
3. Pereonite 1 twice as long as 2; pleonites free, not fused . Colanthura bruscai
- Pereonites 1 and 2 subequal; pleonites fused dorsally. Califanthura squamosissima
4. With no statocysts in pteotelson; first pleopods not enlarged and operculate to others; body
extremely elongate, about 15 times longer than wide (Hyssuridae) . Hyssuridae gen. A, sp. A
- With 0, 1 or 2 statocysts in pleotelson; first pleopods always enlarged and operculate to pleopods
2-5; body length 6-10 times width... 5
5. With 1 pleotelsonic statocyst; maxillipedal endite and palp very wide; pleonites 1-5 entirely free
never fused dorsally (Antheluridae); the only known California anthelurid is blind and its uropodal
tips bear radiating setal clusters . Ananthura luna
- With 0, 1 or 2 pleotelsonic statocysts; maxillipedal endite and palp normal, not especially
broad; pleonites 1-5 free or dorsally fused (Anthuridae) .6
6. Pleotelson with a dorsal median spine row.7
- Pleotelson smooth or ridged, but without dorsal spines .8
7. Uropodal endopod with distolateral margin more or less evenly serrate . Eisothistos sp. A
- Uropodal endopod with distolateral margin divided into two cusps by three prominent
denticles, evenly serrate between these points. Eisothistos sp. B
8. Pleonites 1-5 completely free and separate in both dorsal and lateral view .
. Calathura branchiata
- Pleonites 1-5 completely fused or fused mediodorsally, although segments may be visible in lateral
view...9
9. Carpus of pereopods 4-7 rectangular; pleotelson with three raised dorsal longitudinal ridges
. Haliophasma geminatum
- Carpus of pereopods 4-7 triangular; pleotelson without dorsal ridges .. 10
10 . Pleonites 1-5 fused only along dorsal midline, segments free laterally; uropodal endopods narrow
(< 60 % of pleotelson width), exopods much shorter than either pleotelson or endopods .
... Amakusanthura califomiensis
- Pleonites 1-5 completely fused dorsally, segmentation indicated in lateral view only by faint lines
and setal bundles; uropodal endopods subequal in width to pleotelson, exopods nearly as long as
pleotelson and endopods .
11 . Maxillipedal palp 3 -articulate; pereonites pigmented dorsally, with complete or nearly complete dark
ovals on pereonites 2-6 . Mesanthura occidentals
- Maxillipedal palp 2 -articulate; pereonites pigmented dorsally with dark splotches, but without
pigment rings . .. Cyathura munda
8
V. References
Allan Hancock Foundation. !965. An oceanographic and biological survey of the southern
California mainland shelf- State of California, State Water Quality Control Board
Publication 27{appendix-dala): [-445.
Austin, W.C. 1985- An Annotated Checklist of Marine Invertebrates in the Cold Temperate
Northeast Pacific, Vol. 3, pp. 575-587- Khoyatan Marine Laboratory, Cowichan Bay,
British Columbia.
Bamber, R. N. 1985. The autecology of Cymhura carinaia (Crustacea: Isopoda) in a cooling
water discharge lagoon- Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United
Kingdom 65: 181-194.
Bernard, F.R. 1978, British Columbia Faunistic Survey: Subtidal and Deepwater Megafauna of
the Strait of Georgia. Canadian Fisheries and Marine Services. Ms. Report No. 1488:
1-41.
Boone, P.L. 1923, New marine tanaid and isopod Crustacea from California. Proceedings of
the Biological Society of Washington 36: 147-156.
Brusca, R.C. 1980. Common Intertidal Invertehrates of the Gulf of California (second
edition). University of Arizona Press, Tucson (Arizona.. 511pp.
Brusca, R.C. and E.W. Iverson. 1985. A guide to the marine isopod Crustacea of Pacific
Costa Rica. Revista de Biologia Tropical, Vol. 33, Supl. 1: 1-77.
Brusca, R.C. and B.R. Wallerstein. 1979. Zoogeographic patterns of idoteid isopods in the
northeast Pacific, with a review of shallow water zoogeography of the area. Bulletin of
the Biological Society of Washington, No. 3:67-105.
Brusca, R.C. and G-D.F. Wilson. 1991. A phylogenetic analysis of the Isopoda with some
ciassificatory recommendations. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 31: 143-204.
Buckle-Ramirez, L. F. 1965. Un ter such ungen iiber die Biologie von Heterotanais oerstedi
Krcjyer (Crustacea, Tanaidacea). Zeitschrift der Morphoiogie und Oekologie des Tiere 55:
714-782
Burbanck, M.P. and W.D. Burbanck. 1974. Sex reversal of female Cyathura polita
(Stimpson, 1855) (Isopoda, Anthuridae). Crustaceana 26:110-112.
Burbanck, W.D. and M.P. Burbanck. 1979. Cyathura (Arthropoda: Crustacea: Isopoda:
Anthuridae). Pp. 293-323 in C.W, Hart, Jr. and L.H. Samuel (eds.). Pollution Ecology of
Estuarine Invertebrates. Academic Press, New York.
Coyle, K.O. and G.J. Muller. 1981. New records of Alaskan marine Crustacea, with
descriptions of two new gammaridean Amphipoda, Sarsia 66: 7-18.
George, R.Y. and J.O. Stromberg. 1968. Some new species and new records of marine
isopods from San Juan Archipelago, Washington, U.S.A. Crustaceana 14(3): 225-254,
Guijanova, E.F, 1936. Rakoobnaznye ravnonogie dal'nevostochnykh morei. Fauna SSSR
7(3): 1-288.
Hatch, M.H. 1947. The Chelifera and Isopoda of Washington and adjacent regions.
University of Washington Publications in Biology 10(5): 155-274.
Hobson, E.S. and J.R. Chess. (Ms.). Trophic relations of acanthopterygian fishes in a
warm-temperate environment off southern California.
Iverson, E.W. 1974. Range extensions for some California marine isopod crustaceans.
Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 73(3): 164-169.
Kensley, B. 1978. Five new genera of anthurid isopod crustaceans. Proceedings of the
Biological Society of Washington 91:775-792.
Kensley, B. and M. Schotte, 1989. Guide to the Marine Isopod Crustaceans of the
Caribbean. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington D.C.
9
Legrand, J. K. and P. Juchault. 1963. Mise en evidence d’un her map h rod is me protogynique
fonctionnel chez Flsopode Anthuride Cyathura carinata (Krayer) et etude du m^canisme de
Finversion sexueile. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Stances de 1’Academie des
Sciences, Paris 256:2931-2933.
Lie, U. 1968. A quantitative study of benthic infauna in Puget Sound, Washington, USA in
1963-64. FiskDir. Skrifter Series HavsUntersogungen 14(5): 229-556.
Menzies, R.J. 1951. Mew marine isoptxls, chiefly from northern California, with notes on
related forms. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 101(3273): 105-156.
Menzies, R.J. 1962. The marine isopod fauna of Bahia de San Quintin, Baja California,
Mexico. Pacific Naturalist 3(1 1): 337-348.
Menzies, R.J. and J.L. Barnard. 1959. Marine Isopoda on coastal shelf bottoms of southern
California: systematics and ecology. Pacific Naturalist 1(11/12): 3-35.
Negoescu, I. 1980. Contribution to the study of anthurid isopods (Isopoda, Anthuridea) from the
Mediterranean (Libya) with the description of two new species. Travaux du Museum d’Histoire
Naturelle ’Grigore Antipa' 21: 89-102.
Negoescu, 1. and J.W. Wagele. 1984. World list of anthuridean isopods (Crustacea, Isopoda,
Anthuridea). Travaux du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle 'Grigore Antipa’ 25: 99-146.
Norman, A.M. and T.R.R. Stebbing. 1886. On the Crustacea Isopoda of the "Lightning",
"Porcupine", and "Valorous" expeditions. Transactions of the Zoological Society of
London 12:77-141.
Nunomura, N. 1978. Tanaidaceans and anthuridean isopods collected on the Presidential
Cruise of 1938. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 91(4): 936-952.
Poore, G.C.B. 1975. Australian species of Holiopheisrtw (Crustacea: Isopoda: Anthuridae).
Records of the Australian Museum 29(19): 503-533.
Poore, G.C.B. 1980. A revision of the genera of the Paranthuridae (Crustacea: Isopoda:
Anthuridea) with a catalogue of species. Zoological Journal of the Linnean Society 68:
53-67.
Poore, G.C.B. 1984. Colanthura, Califanthum, Cruranthurn and Cruregens, related genera of
the Paranthuridae (Crustacea: Isopoda). Journal of Natural History 18:697-715.
Poore, G.C.B. and H.M. Lew Ton. 1985. Apanthura , Apanihuretta and Apanihuropsis gen.
nov. (Crustacea: Isopoda: Anthuridae) from south-eastern Australia. Memoirs of the
Museum of Victoria 46: 103-151.
Poore, G.C.B. and H.M. Lew Ton. 1988a. More Australian species of Haliophasma
(Crustacea: Isopoda: Anthuridae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 49(1): 85-106
Poore, G.C.B. and H.M. Lew Ton. 1988b. Amakusanthura and Apanthura (Crustacea:
Isopoda: Anthuridae) with new species from tropical Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of
Victoria 49(1): 107-147.
Poore, G.C.B. and H.M. Lew Ton. 1988c. A generic review of the Hyssuridae (Crustacea:
Isopoda) with a new genus and new species from Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of
Victoria 49(1): 169-193.
Poore, G.C.B. and H.M. Lew Ton. 1988d. Antheluridae, a new family of Crustacea
(Isopoda: Anthuridea) with new species from Australia. Journal of Natural History 22:
489-506.
Richardson, H. 1902. The marine and terrestrial isopods of the Bermudas, with descriptions
of new genera and species. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Sciences 11:277-310.
Richardson, H. 1905. A monograph on the isopods of North America. United States
National Museum, Bulletin 54: 1-727,
Schultz, G.A. 1964. Some marine isopod crustaceans from off the southern California coast.
Pacific Science 18: 306-314.
Schultz, G.A. 1966. Submarine canyons of Southern California. Part IV - Systematics:
Isopoda. Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions 27(4): 1-56.
10
Schultz, G.A. 1977* Anthurids from the west coast of North America, including anew
species and three new genera (Crustacea, Isopoda). Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington 90(4): 839-848.
Science Applications International Corp. [SAIC] 1985. Assessment of long-term changes in
biological communities in the Santa Maria Basin and western Santa Barbara Channel -
Phase L Volume II - Synthesis of Findings* Prepared for United States Department of
the Interior, Minerals Management Service, Pacific OCS Region; Contract
14-12-0001-30032.
Shuster, S.M. 1991* Changes in female anatomy associated with the reproductive moult in
Paracerceis sculpt a, a semelparous isopod crustacean. Journal of Zoology 225: 365-379*
Sivertsen, E. and L*B* Holthuis. 1980. The marine isopod Crustacea of the Tristan da
Cunha Archipelago* Gunneria 35: 1-128.
Stimpson, W. 1853. Synopsis of the marine. Invertebrnta of Grand Manan, or the region
about the Bay of Fundy, New Brunswick. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge 6(5):
1 - 66 ,
Strom berg, J.O. 1972. Cyathura potita (Crustacea, Isopoda), some embryo logical notes*
Bulletin of Marine Science 22(2): 463-482.
Wagele, J.W. 1981. Zur Phylbgenie der Anthuridea (Crustacea, Isopoda) mit Beitragen zur
Lebensweise, Morphologic, Anatomie und Taxonomie. Zoologies (Berlin) 45(2)(132):
1-127.
Wagele, J.W. 1984a. Two new littoral anthuridea from Baja California and redescription of
Meson thura occidental is (Crustacea, Isopoda). Zoologies Scripts 13(1): 45-57.
Wagele, J.W. 1984b* Studies on Antarctic Crustacea Isopoda. 1. Anthuridea from the
Weddell Sea. Polar Biology 3: 99-107.
Wallerstein, B*R* and R.C. Brusca* 1982. Fish predation: a preliminary study of its role in
the zoogeography and evolution of shallow water idoteid isopods (Crustacea: Isopoda:
Idoteidae). Journal of Biogeography 9: 135-150.
Wetzer, R* and R.C* Brusca. In Press. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa
Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 10 - Arthropods, Subphylum
Crustacea, Class Malacostraca, Superorder P era can da, Order Isopoda.
Wetzer, R.,H.G. Kuck, P Baez R., R.C. Brusca and L.M. Jurkevics. 1991. Catalog of the
isopod Crustacea type collection of the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County.
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Technical Reports 3: 1-59.
11
Vp D0, “.1 and ! ateral V ' ews ofA I> an,hura Mya™ ? (from Negoescu 1980); 2) piercing
^ (from Menaes ,95i); 3) bi,,ng mouthparts
12
FIGURE 2. Anthurid sexual dimorphism. Male/female pairs of 1) Chalixanthura lewisi and 2) Chalixanthura
scopulosa (male to the left of each pairKf'rom Kensiey &. Schotte 1989)
13
FIGURE 3. 1) Cyathura carinafa excavating a burrow with anterior appendages, posterior appendages and
pleotelson, and pereopods (from Wagele 1981); 2) tail fan of Eisothistos macrurus at the aperture of a
serpulid tube (from Wagele 1981)
14
FIGURE 4. Amakusanihura californicnsis - l) ? whole animal, dorsal view; 2) maxilliped; 3) maxilla 1;4)
mandible; 5) pereopod 1; 6) pereopod 2; 7) pereopod 7; 8) tail fan; 9) antennae (from Schultz 1964)
15
FIGURES* Ananthura luna - I) ? whole animal, dorsal view;2) maxilliped; 3) mandible; 4) pereopod 1;
5) maxilla 1;6) antennae; 7) pereopod 2; 8) pereopod 7; 9) lateral view of pi eon and tail fan (from Schultz
1966)
16
FIGURE 6, Caiathura branchial a - 1) ¥ whole animal lateral view, with dorsal views of head and pleon/tail
fan; 2) ventral oblique and dorsal views of the pleon/tail fan of another specimen; 3) antenna 1; 4) antenna
2; 5) mandible (2 views); 6) mandihular palp; 7) lower lip (labium)(from Wagele 1981)
17
FIGURE 7. Califanthura squamosissima - ]) holotype d\ dorsal view; 2) antenna 1 of juvenile <?; 3) tip of
maxilla 1; 4) later view of head, holotype <f; 5) antenna 1 of 6) maxilliped of holotype (from Menzies
1951)
18
FIGURE 8. Colanthura bruscai - 1) dorsal view of $; 2) antennae of ¥; 3) antennae of d*; 4) pereopod I of
?; 5) pereopod 2 of ¥; 6) uropodal endopod of ¥ ; 7) uropodal exopod of ¥; pleopod 2 of (from Poore
1984)
19
1
FIGURE 9. Cyathura munda - 1) dorsal view of <f \ 2) antenna 1 of cf; 3) maxilla 1; 4) antenna l of ¥; 5)
lateral view of <f head; 6) maxilliped of 7) lip of pleotelson of 8) antenna 2 of d" (from Menzies 1951)
20
SOOAJm
FIGURE 10. Eisorhisros macrurus - I) pre-brood ¥ in lateral view; 2) post-brood female in capillary tube
showing elongation of pereonites (from Wagele 1981)
21
FIGURE II. Haliopkasma gemincuum - I) dorsal view of ¥;2) mandible; 3) maxilliped; 4) maxilla 1; 5)
antenna I of ¥; 6) antenna 2 of ¥; 7) anterior dorsal view of <f ; 8) pleon Sc pleotelson of 9) pereopod 1
of <? (from Menzies & Barnard 1959)
22
FIGURE 12.
Hysurridae gen A sp A - dorsal view (from Wetzer & Brusca, in press)
23
FIGURE 13. Mesanfhura occidentalis - ]) dorsal view of juvenile; 2) mandible (2 views); 3) antenna I; 4)
antenna 2; 5) pereopod 1 (from Waiiete 1984)
24
FIGURE 14. Paranthura afgicola - 1) dorsal view of ¥; 2) head; 3) pleon; 4) mandible; 5)
views); 6) maxilliped; 7) pleopods (2 view*) (from Nunomura 1978)
maxilla 1 (2
25
FIGURE 15. Paranthura elegans - l) dorsal view of anterior body of ¥; 2) dorsal view of posterior body of
?; 3) dorsal view of tail fan of ¥ (from Menzies 1951)
26
ANNALES
DE
L’INSTITUT
OCEANOGRAPHIQUE
Fascicule 1-2,1992
lll e COLLOQUE DU PROGRAMME NATIONAL SUR L£ DETERMINISME DU RECRUTEMENT
IFREMER, Nantes, 1-3 octobre 1991
Especes cIbles «Po/ych4fes»
Especes cibles *Mol!usques*
Espece cible *$oie»
Autres modeles bioioglques
Actuates oceanographlques
Fascicule 1, 1993
OCEAN FLUXES STUDY
An overview about the JGOFs-France program
INSU, Paris, November 14, 1991
Tropical oceanic zones (Eumbu)
Frontal systems (Froktai)
The Ugurian time series station ( Dyfamed)
Continental margins (Ecomarge)
The modelling in JGors-France
Ce bon de commanded est d adresser d :
Annates de i'lnstitut oceanographique, 195, rue Saint-Jacques, 75005 Paris
Tel: (1)43 25 63 10 - Fax: (1) 40 51 73 16
Je desire recevoir_exemplaires du fascicule 68(1-2) (Institutions-Etranger: 450 F, Institutions-France
et Particuliers-Etranger : 400 F, Particuliers-France : 350 F). Prix port compris.
Je desire recevoir_exemplaires du fascicule 69(1) (Institutions-Etranger: 400 F, Instrtutions-France et
Particuliers-Etranger: 350 F, Particuliers : 300 F). Prix port compris.
Nom:_
Adresse:
Ci-joint un bon de commande ou un cheque de_F 0 I'ordre de I'lnstitut oceanographique.
Prix vatablesjusqu'au 31 decembre 1993
BON DE COMMANDE
En date du
a adresser a TINSTITUT OCEANOGRAPHIQUE (Publications)
195, rue Saint-Jacques - 75005 PARIS
Reference
Tltre abr4g6 6ventuellement (4 mots maxi)
Quantity
Prlx unltalre
Total
Total general
Si votre total general depasse 500 F
ou si vous etes libraire reduct,on dc 10 %
Total corrige
Reglement par cheque bancaire au profit de I'ordre de J 'Institut Oceanographique r joint a la commande.
NOM (en capitales) :
Adresse:
Code postal:
Ville :
CATALOGUE DES PUBLICATIONS Septembre mj
DE L'INSTITUT
OCEANOGRAPHIQUE
Fondation Albert 1» de Monaco
195 rue St Jacques - 75005 Paris
T 61 43.25.63.10-Tellcopie : 40.51.73.16
* Annales de VInstitut oceanographique
• Oceanis
• Marine Microbial Food Webs
* Images de VOcean
(Les publications du Music Oclanographique de Monaco : Bulletins, Mimoires, Cartes, Rlsullats des
campagnes scientifiques, ne figurent pas dans cette listc : s'adresser au Service des publications. Music
Oceanographique, avenue St-Martin, MC Monaco-Ville, Frincipautl de Monaco. Til. 93.1536.00.)
Ce catalogue est subdivisl en differentes rubriques; 1; Oclanographie physique ; 2: Glologie et Geographic
marines ; 3 : Biochimie et chimie marines ; 4 : Invertebrls matins; 5 : Poissons et Peches ; 6 : Ecologie ;
7: Physiologic des etres man ns; S : Molysraologie; 9: Exploitation des ressources marines, aquaculture,
aquariologje ; 10 : Campagnes oclanographiques ; 11 : Miscellanies ; 12 : Documentation.
Abrlviations : A = Annales de VInstitut oceanographique ; B = Abysses \ O = Ocianis ; W = Marine Microbial
Food Webs. Les deux premiers chiffres indiquent le numlro du volume; le troisilme renvoie au numlro du
fascicule. Exemple : A481 = Fascicule 1 du volume 48 desAnmi/ej. H.S. = Hors-Serie.
Dans ce catalogue des publications actuellement disponibles, les prix (en francs franqais) sont indtquls franco de
port et d’emballage. Une reduction de 10 % est consentie pour toute commande suplrieure a 500 F, et aux libraires
et agences d'abonnement.
Annales de VInstitut oceanographique (2 fasc. par an): France : 600 F - Etranger: 810 F
Ocianis (6 fasc. par an): France : 520 F - Etranger: 620 F
Marine Microbial Food Webs (2 fasc. par an): France : 450 F - Etranger : 550 F
Demieres partitions
A681-2 - III* colloque du Programme national sur le dcterminisme du recrutement (P, Nival,
M. Bhaud & J. Boucher, eds.). IFREMER, Nantes, 1-3 octobre 1991. 284 p, 600 F
A691 - Ocean Fluxes Study. An overview about the JGOFS-France program (G. Jacques,
A. Soumia, P. Buat-Menard, A. Morel, A. Monaco & V. Andersen, eds.). INSU, Paris,
November, 14,1991, 216 p. 400 F
0184 - Economy Policy and Fisheries Management (3* colloque franco-j aponais d’oclanographie,
IFREMER, Nantes, 2-5 juillet 1991). 133 p. 100 F
0185 - Devenir des polluants chimiques (R. Bel ami e &.V. Gouy, A. Barillier, F. Ronday &
A. Mouchet, I. Bouloubassi & A. Saliot, J.C. Fischer, C. Douez, B. Ouddane, A. Boughriet
& M. Wartel). 73 p. 70 F
0186 - Tlledltection des phlnomlnes physiques dans les oceans (A- Wadsworth, M. Crlpon &
S. Thiria, S. Arnault, C. Provost). 69 p. 80 F
0191 - Ph. Isard : Mise en Evidence du contre-courant equatorial dans Poclan Pacifique et l'oclan
Atlantique au cours de la premilre moitil du 19 e si&de. 56 p. + 12 pi. 70 F
0192 - « Cours d’oclanographie » : Initiation & la dynamique de I'oclan (M. Crepon), 110 p. 120 F
0193 - La corrosion induite par les micro-organismes en milieu nature! (J. Guezennec,
M.N. Hermin, D. Festy, D. Feron, M. Jaton). 41 p. 50 F
W061 - Photosynthetic characteristics of five microalgae (Grobbelaar et aL). Practical approaches
to algal excretion (Wood et aL), Microbial dynamics in a marine pond (Delmas et ah).
56 p. 120 F
W062 - Measuring virus production (G.F. Steward et aL). Virus production in the sea (G.F. Steward
et aL). Measuring bacterial protein synthesis (B. Riemann & F. Azam). Bacterial
production method (D.C. Smith & Azam). A review of Chlorella symbiosis (J. Dolan).
Sedimentary bacteria from the Saanich Inlet (S.I. Ahmed et aL). Marine snow in the
northern Adriatic Sea (G.J. Hemdl). 124 p. 280 F
A paraitre dans Ocianis
- « Cours d'oeeanographie » : A. Saliot: Biogeochimie organique marine.
- « Cours d'oclanographie » : G. Copin-Montlgut: Physico-chimie de l'eau de mer
(nouv. ed.).
-2-
1. Oceanographie physique
A331 - Sur la theorie des courants raarins induits par le vent (B. Saint-Guily). 64 p., 1956. 40 F
0044 - Interaction ocean-atmosphere (J. Merle, J. Picaut, P. Le Borgne & F, Ceff, M, Fieux). 54 p. t
1978. 35 F
0054 - Les courants profonds (G. Grau, L. Dangeard, J.R. Vanney, J.P. Bamsseau). 81 p,,
1979. 50F
0183 - Cours d’oceanographie: Introduction £ la dynamique de l'atmosphfcre, des oceans et du
climat (P. Morel). 124 p., 1992. 100 F
0186 - Teledetection des phenomenes physiques dans les oceans (A- Wadsworth, M. Cripon &
S. Thiria, S. Arnault, C. Provost). 69 p., 1992. 80 F
0192 - « Cours d'oceanographie » : Initiation k la dynamique de l’ocSan (M. Cr^pon), 110 p., 1993. 120 F
Voir aussi 3 la rubrique Miscellanees ; A481, A482, A491, A5Q2, A512, A521, A531, A562.
2. Geologie & Geographic marines
A332 - Etude geomorpbologique des r^cifs coralliens du Nord-Ouest de Madagascar (A. Guilcher).
72 p., 1956. 40 F
A333 - Geologie sous-marine de la baie de Vi lie tranche-sur-Me r (J. Bourcart). 64 p., 1957. 40 F
A334 - Etude experimentale de la production de carbonates par les bacteries des vases de la bale de
Villeffanche-sur-Mer (Cl, Lalou). 67 p., 1957. 40 F
A351 - Recherches de sedimentologie littorale et sous-marine en Provence occidentale (J.J. Blanc).
140 p.,1958. 90 F
A353 - Repartition des Foraminiferes dans la baie de Villefranche.I. Miliolidae (J. 8l Y. Le
Calvez). 76 p., 13 pi., 1958. 50 F
A401 - Monographic physique et ecologique de llle Clipperton (M.H. Sachet). 108 p., 1962. 60 F
A421 - Geologie de la Manchc occidentale (G. Boillot). 220 p., 1964. 120 F
A423 - Etude des sediments quatemaires de la mer Rouge (Y- RosenbeTg - Herman). 92 p.,
1965. 60 F
A431 - Recherches sur les sediments marins actuels de la region d'Antibes (W.D. Nesteroff).
136 p., 1965. 80 F
A565 - Problemes geomorphologiques de la marge continentale europeenne (J.R. Vanney, dir.).
112 p.,1980. 70 F
0038 - Les nodules polymdalliques (J.P. Hugon, J.P. Lenoble, G. Pautot, C. Lalou, E. Brichet,
P. Bonte, J. Mosnier, L. Leclaire, D. Wimnann, A. Schaaf). 121 p., 1977. 40 F
04HS - Le petrole marin (P. Marchand). 41 p., 1978. 35 F
0056 - Le volcanisme sous-marin (G. Bellaiche, J.L. Cheminee, F. Pineau, A. Lecaille, M. S£Io,
D. Storzer, C. Mevel, J.N. Valette). 95 p., 1979. 95 F
0095 - Les sources hydrothermaies ocSaniques (J.N. Valette, E. Oudin), 56 p., 1983. 40 F
0117 - Les Energies des mers (G. Grau, M. Banal, G. Damy, P. Duchene-Mamllaz, C. Sacr6,
M. Bremont), 1985. 60 F
0171-2 - Introduction k la geogiaphie de I'Ocean (J.R. Vanney), 214 p., 64 planches couleur, 1991. 250 F
Voir aussi k la rubrique Miscellanees : A481, A482, A491 t A492, A511, A512, A522,
A531, A542, A551, A552, A571, A581, A611, A631, 0073.
3. Biochimie & Chimie marines
A311 - La trame protidique des nacres et des perles (Ch. Gregoire ei aL) 36 p., 23 pi., 1955. 40 F
0062 - L’interface* air-ocean r aspects physico-chimiques et ecologiques. « Joumees du Gabim
1979 ». 140 p., 1980. 60 F
0092 - Les carotfrioTdes et les carotenoproteines en milieu marin (J.C. Lederc, R. Lenel,
R. Castillo, G. Negre-Sadargues, P.F. Zagalsky, R. Santus, A. Momzikoff). 55 p.,
1983. 60F
0104 - Interface terre-mer et ressources : aspects biochimiques. « Joumees du GABIM 1983 ».
161 p., 1984.
150 F
- 3 -
0124 — Nutrition et gen£tique en milieu marin, approches biochimiques. « Joum£es du GABIM
1985 ». 124 p„ 1986. 120 F
0134 - Processus biochimiques du reseau trophique en milieu cotier « Joumees du GABIM 1986 ».
222 p., 1987. 150 F
0144 - Les organismes marins face aux contraintes de Tenvironnement: reponses biochimiques et
physiologiques. « Joumees du GABIM 1987 ». 162 p., 1988. 100 F
0146 - Devenir des polluants chimiques en milieu marin (colloque IFREMER-Ministfcre de
TEnvironnement), 250 p., 1988. 150 F
0154 - Biochimie des organismes marins. « Joumees du GABIM 1988 ». 300 p., 1989. 100 F
0165 - Biochimie des organismes marins, 2 e partie, «Joumees du GABIM 1989 ». 101 p. t
1990. 80 F
0173 - Toxicologie marine. Biomarqueurs de revolution et de I'environnement marin. Contnole
endocrinien de la reproduction. «Joumees intemationales du GABIM 1990», 116 p.,
1991. 90F
0185 - Devenir des polluants chimiques (R. Belamie & V. Gouy, A. BariUier, F. Ronday &
A. Mouchet, 1. Bouloubassi & A. Saliot, J.C. Fischer, C. Douez, B. Ouddane, A. Boughriet
& M. Wartel). 73 p., 1992. 70 F
Voir aussi a la rubrique Miscellanees : A482, A502, A522, A582, A591, 0073.
4. Invertebres marins
A585 - Marine pelagic protozoa and microzooplancton ecology. 350 p., 1982. 150 F
0012 - La logette des Append icu I a ires, sa fonction et son role (R. Fenaux). 18 p., 1975. 10 F
0013 - L'alimentation des Chaetognathes (S. Dallot). 19 p., 1975. 10 F
0051 - Biologie des Cnistaces, Morphologic des siphons chez les Lamellibranches (C. Razouls,
B. Casanova, J.M. Amouroux). 89 p., 1979. 50 F
0071 - Les larves d’Invertebres (J.P. Guerin, C. Thiriot, M. Bhaud, C. Cazaux, J.F. Pavilion,
G. Duhamel, D. Aubin). 117 p., 1981. 60 F
0107 - Biologie des populations de polychetes (Ch. Retiere dir.) 80 F
0114 - Apport des Coelenteres a la biologie marine (M. Guyot, M. Van Prafct, E. Robson, J. Goy,
D.A. Doumenc, Y. Toulemont), 55 p., 1985. 60 F
0136 - Description and determination of Polychaete larvae and their implication in present
biological problems (M. Bhaud & C. Cazaux), 150 p. t 1988. 100 F
B01 - Le nautile (M. Wiirtz). 43 p., ill, couleur. 60 F
Voir aussi de n ombre uses references aux rubriques Ecologie et Miscellanees.
5. Poissons et peches
A352 - Etude electrophoretique de quelques constituants seriques des Poissons (A. Drilhon et al .).
17 p.,1958. 20 F
A361 - Etude osteologique, myologique et systematique des Poissons du sous-ordre des
Orbiculates (Y. Le Danois). 274 p., 1959. 150 F
A422 - Fonctionnement de l'intervenal anterieur de deux Teieosteens : le Saumon atlantique et
1'Anguille europeenne (J. Leloup-Hatey). 118 p., 1964. 60 F
A451 - Les mecanismes d'echanges ioniques branchiaux chez les Teieosteens. Leur role dans
Tosmoregulation (R. Motais). 84 p., 1967. 40 F
0123 - Les Poissons: classification et phylogenese, l e partie (Table ronde de la 5oci£t£
Zoologique de France, Y. Francois & M.L. Bauchot dir.). 85 p., 1986. 80 F
0125 - Les Poissons : classification et phylogenese, 2* partie. 60 p., 1986. 60 F
0153 - Biologie des Selaciens (B. Seret, P. Bougis, L. Viverge, J. Meliinger, C. Capape, M.H. du
Buit), 140 p., 1989. 100 F
Voir aussi a la rubrique Miscellanees : A491, A502, A511, A512, A531, A552, A561*
A562, A571, A591, A622, 0072.
6. Ecologie
A312 - Repartition, le long des cotes septentrionales de l'Espagne, des principales especes peuplant
les rochers intercotidaux (E. Fischer-Piette). 87 p., 1955, 50 F
A313 - Recherches sur les cycles saisonniers du plancton (M. Lafon et at.). 105 p., 1956. 60 F
A314 - Eaux atlantiques et mediterraneennes au large de I'AIgerie. II: Cou rants et nannoplancton
de 1951 k 1953 (F. Bernard). 103 p., 1956. 60 F
A362 - Repartition des principales especes intercotidales de la c6te atlantique franqaise en 1954-55
(D.J. Crisp & E. Fischer-Piette). 113 p„ 1959. 60 F
A382 - Etude quantitative et qualitative du cycle ecologique des Dinoflagelles dans les eaux de
Villefranche-sur-Mer (Y. Halim). 110 p., 1960. 60 F
A383 - Ecologie de Testran rocheux du Calvados. Etude des biocenoses et recherches
experimentales (Y. Plessis). 92 p., 1961. 50 F
A401 - Monographic physique et biologique de Tile Clipperton (M. H. Sachet). 108 p., 1962. 60 F
A402 — Mesure de la production organique en Me di terra nee dans les parages de Monaco, a l 1 aide du
C14 (J. Brouardcl et E. Rinck). 56 p., 1962. 30 F
A403 - La destruction des principaux organismes intercotidaux nord-iberiques en 1954-1955
(E. Fischer-Piette). 148 p., 1963. 100 F
A432 - Le coralligfcne des Albfcres. Monographic biocenotique (L. Laubier). 180 p., 1966. 100 F
A585 - Marine pelagic protozoa and microzooplankton ecology. 350 p., 1982. 150 F
A671 - L’ouragan Hugo sur les cotes de Guadeloupe (C. Bouchon, Y. Bouchon-Navaro, D. Imbert
& M. Louis). Zooplankton of the Bay of Biscay continental shelf (J. d’EIbee & J. Castel).
Cetaces et production frontal e en Mediterranee (D. Viale). Hatecium liouvillei (Cnidaria)
sur les cotes europeennes (F. Ramil Blanco & E. Fernandez Pulpeiro). Actual it 6s
oceanographiques. 97 p. 250 F
0022 - Pro d uctio n ph o tosy nth e ti q u e d u m il i eu pe 1 ag iq ue. Perspe ctives d'am 61 ioratio n (G. J acques).
13 p., 1976. 10 F
0023 - Production primaire et methodes experimentales (M. Maestrini). 25 p., 1976. 10 F
0026 - Introduction au traitement des series chronologiques en oceanographie planctonique,
F. Ibanez, 21 p. t 1976. 10 F
0028 - Biologie et physiologie de quelques types de migration d'animaux marins (M. Aionde,
M. Fontaine, S. Garcia, K. Mangold). 56 p., 1976. 30 F
0055 - Osmoregulation chez les animaux euryhalins. (G. Charmantier, P. Thuet, P. Payan,
M, Bomancin). Ecophysicologie des milieux iagunaires (M. Bouti&re, M. Amanieu,
J. Ferraris, O. Guelorget). Ill p., 1979. 60 F
0106 - Faune profonde : adaptations biologiques et physiologiques (L. Laubier, C. Monniot,
M, Sibuet, A. Khripounoff, D. Desbniyfcres, P. Geistdoerfer). 100 p., 1984. 100 F
0146 - Devenir des polluants chimiques en milieu marin (colloque IFREMER-Ministere de
l'Environnement), 250 p., 1988. 150 F
0164 - Evolution des concepts et des methodes devaluation des pollutions dans les masses d’eau et
les sediments (F. Ribeyre, A. Boudou & R. Maury-Brachet, C. Fauris, J.M. Jouanneau,
J.F. Pavilion, J.C. Fischer, B. Ouddane, C. Douez & M. Wartel). 63 p., 1990. 60 F
0174 - Toxicologie de ] T environnement. Indicateurs biologiques de pollutions. 148 p., 1991. 100 F
0175 — Les lacs comme modele d’ocean (R. Pourriot, J-P. Pelletier &. P. Blanc, G. Sarazin &
J. Devaux, J. Gamier & A. Bariilier, D, Gerdaux). 75 p., 1991. 70 F
0185 - Devenir des polluants chimiques (R. Belamie & V. Gouy, A. Bariilier, F. Ronday &
A. Mouchet, I. Bouloubassi & A. Saliot, J.C. Fischer, C. Douez, B. Ouddane, A. Boughriet
& M. Wartel). 73 p., 1992. 70 F
WO 11 — Precise and meaningful terminal terminology, 15 p. (J.M. Sieburth &. K.W. Estep). Feeding
activity of Favetla , 18 p. (A. Taniguchi & R. Kawakami); Factors controlling the periodic
fluctuation. 16 p., (M.E. Sieracki & J.M. Sieburth); growth of microzooplankton, 10 p.
(A. Rivier et ai ). 60 p., 1985. 150 F
WO 12 - Protozoa as food for Metazoans, 20 p. (E.B. Sherr et at ); mixotrophy in marine planktonic
ciliates, 24 p. (M. Laval-Peuto et at.); radiolarian predation, 14 p. (N.R. Swanberg er al),
60 p„ 1986. 90 F
W021 - Tintinnine reproduction, 14 p. (J.F. Heinbokei); vertical distribution of planktonic ciliates,
14 p, (T. Dale); measuring plankton production, 16 p. (R.W, Sheldon &.
F. Rassoulzadegan); predation on tintinnids, 8 p. (T. Ayukai); 54 p. 1987. 120 F
- 3 -
WG22 - Photosynthesis in Ciliates, 13 p. (P.R. Jonsson); microbial nutrient fluxes,
13 p. (T. Berman et aL ); a quantitative protargol stain, lip. (D J. Montagnes &
D.H. Lynn), 1987. 120 F
WG51 - NATO ASI 604/87, Plymouth, 24th July to 5th August 1988 : Protozoa and their role in
marine processes. 177 p. 180 F
W052 - Toxic dinoflagellates and bacteria (C. Rausch de Traubenberg & P. Lassus). Distribution of
bacterivory among nanoflagellates (B.F. & E.B. Sherr). Enteric bacteria removal
(I. Barcina, J.M. Gonzalez, J. Triberri & L. Egea). Flagellate faeces production
(M. Elbrachter). 60 p. 60 F
Voir aussi de nombreuses autres references a la rubrique Miscellanees.
7. Physiologie des etres marins
A381 - H^mocyanine et cuivre chez un Crustace Dgcapode, dans leurs rapports avec le cycle
d’intermue (E. Zuckerkandl). 122 p., 1960. 60 F
A422 - Fonctionnement de l’interrenal anterieur de deux Teleosteens: 1c Saumon atlantique et
l'Anguille europeenne (J. Leloup-Hatey). 118 p., 1964. 60 F
A451 - Les m^canismes dechanges ioniques branchiaux chez les Teleosteens. Lcur role dans
Tosmoregulation (R. Motais). 84 p., 1967. 40 F
0028 - Biologie et physiologie de qudques types de migration d’animaux marins (M. Aloncle,
M. Fontaine, S. Garcia, K. Mangold). 56 p., 1976. 30 F
0037 - La fonction respiratoire chez les animaux marins invertebres (S. Nival, A. Toulmond,
J.P. Truchot) 77 p., 1977. 40 F
0055 - Osmoregulation chez les animaux euryhalins (G. Charm ant ier, P. Thuet, P. Payan,
M. Bomancin) - Ecophysiologie des milieux lagunaires (M. Bouttere, M. Amanieu,
J. Fcrraris, O. Gu^lorget). Ill p., 1979. 60 F
0086 - Quelques aspects de la croissance chez les etres marins, l'partie (G. Mcvel, D. Prieur,
D. Bonin, C. Chasstf), 75 p. p 1982. 60 F
0087 - Quelques aspects de la croissance chez les etres marins, 2* partie (J.C. DuchSne,
K. Mangold, B. Jalabert, A. Fostier, B. Breton, B. Chevassus, P. Geistdoerfer). 116 p„
1982. 70 F
0102 - Chemoreception et componement des etres marins (S.A. Poulet, A.G. Bauchau,
M.T. Fontaine, Y. Boilly-Marer, F. Mazeaud, J.L. Huve). 73 p., 1984. 70 F
0122 - Physiologie energetique des manchots (P. Jouventin, J.C. Stahl, H. Weimerskirch,
J.P. Robin, Y. Cherel, Y. Le Maho, R. Groscolas, H. Barre). 69 p., 1986. 80 F
0143 - Les mammifferes et renvironnement hyperbare (B. Broussolle, R. Duguy, C. Gortan,
Y. Jammes, A. Robaglia & R. Sei'te, J.C. Rostaing, P. Varftne), 70 p., 19S8. 80 F
0145 - Adaptation des etres marins aux eaux chaudes (H. Ceccaldi, P. Kerambmn, M. Khalanski,
F. Gaill, J.L. Le Gall & O. Raillard, C. Marangos). 85 p„ 1988. 70 F
0152 - Facteurs externes et internes du determinisme des migrations (J. Boucher, A. Bourdillon,
S. v. Boletzky, A. Laubier, C. Macquart-Moulin, D. Latrouite & D. Le Foil, J.Y. Le Gall,
J.C. Quero, G. Champalbert, J. Brusle, Y.A. Fontaine, R. Duguy), 132 p., 1989. 100 F
0176 - La symbiose chez les etres marins (L. Laubier, G. Duclaux, D. Prieur, A. Fiala-Midioni,
C. Rausch de Traubenberg). 75 p„ 5 pi. coul., 1991. 90 F
Voir aussi a la rubrique Miscellanees : A462, A531, A552, A601, A602, A611.
8. Molysmologie
0126 - Assainissement en zone littorale (Colloque organise par Ie ministferc de 1'Environnement,
Nantes, avril 1986). 202 p., 1986. 100 F
0163 - Analyse des m^canismes de recrutement benthique et consequences sur le d£veloppement
des communautes (L. Laubier, M. Lefevre, A.J. Grehan, J.C. Duchene, M. Bhaud,
G. Marcano, M. Bhaud, M. Bhaud, C. Cazaux & M.H. Mathivat-Lallier, A. Belgrano,
M. Vincx, J.M. Dewarumez & A. Richard, Y. Lagadeuc, P. Conti, C. RetiSre, L. Cabioch &
J.C. Dauvin). 122 p. et 5 pi. coul. hors-texte, 1990. 90 F
Voir aussi & la rubrique Miscellanees: A482, A492, A501, A522, A541, A551, A572,
A632, 0116.
-6-
9. Exploitation des resources marines, aquaculture, aquariologie
0035
0132
0133
0155
B02
0181
0182
0184
- Pathologic des Vertebres marins d^levage (P. Ghittino, M. Dorson, G. Tuffery, F. Baud in-
Laurencin). 58 p., 1977. 40 F
- 1976-1986 : dix ans dc recherche en aquaculture, 2 * panic : les Crustac^s (HJ. Ccccaldi,
G. Charmantier, C. Cahu, R. Galois, A. Laubier, J.R. Bon ami, J. Husscnot). 136 p. t
1987. 80 F
- 1976-1986: dix ans de recherche cn aquaculture, 3 e partie : les Mollusqucs (P. Lubet,
H. Grizel, A. Fiala-Medioni, J.F. Pavilion, E. His, R. Robert). 106 p., 1987. 80 F
- Les algues et leurs utilisations (R. Delepine, B. Kloareg, Xue-Wu Liu, Y. Le Gall, Xiang-
Dong Zha & P. Potin, M.A, Amat, S. Mabeau, X. Briand, J.F. Biard & J.F. Verbist, B. de
Reviers). Ill p„ 1989. 80 F
- Les perles des mers du Sud. La perle doree des Philippines (F. Doumenge, A. Toulemont,
G. Branellec). 55 p. ill. coul. Cette publication existe en version anglaise: The South Sea
pearls. The Philippine golden pearl. 70 F
- Growth determinants in aquaculture (3 e colIoque franco-japonais d'oeeanographie,
IFREMER, Nantes 2-5 juillet 1991). 140 p., 1992. 100 F
- Biotechniques marines (« Joumees internationales du GABIM 1991»). 124 p„ 1992. 100 F
- Economy Policy and Fisheries Management (3< colloque franco-japonais d'oc6anographic,
IFREMER, Nantes, 2-5 juillet 1991). 133 p., 1992. 100 F
Voir aussi a la mbrique Miscellanees : 0116.
10. Campagnes oceanographiques
A301
_
Resultats scientifiques des campagnes de la Calypso. Fascicule 1.204 p., 1955.
120 F
A321
-
Idem. Fascicule 2. 304 p., 1956.
180 F
A341
-
Idem. Fascicule 3. 336 p., 1958.
180 F
A371
-
Idem. Fascicule 4. 342 p., 1959.
ISO F
A391
Idem. Fascicule 5, 276 p., 1961,
150 F
A411
-
Idem. Fascicule 6. 358 p., 1964.
180 F
A441
-
Idem. Fascicule 7. 406 p. 1966.
180 F
A452
-
Idem. Fascicule 8. 296 p., 1967.
180 F
A471
-
Idem. Fascicule 9. 229 p., 1970.
120 F
A495
-
Idem. Fascicule 10. 295 p., 1973,
180 F
A555
-
Idem. Fascicule 11. 378 p., 1979.
180 F
A354
-
Resultats scientifiques des campagnes du Bathyscaphe FNRS III. 1954-1957. 106 p., 7 pi.
n* 5, 1958.
70 F
A461
Resultats scientifiques dcs campagnes du Bathyscaphe Archimede (Grece, 1965). 78 p.,
1968.
50 F
La collection complete (11 fascicules)
Le sommaire des diffe rents fascicules peut etre obtenu sui demande.
1 500 F
11. Miscellanees
A462 - Faunistique du Coralligene : Ann61ides polychetes rares (L. Laubier); signaux acoustiques
de detresse de Cetaces (R.G. Busnel & A. Dziedzic). 66 p., 1968.
A481 - Forages du JOIDES, 16 p. (A. Guilcher); sedimentation en bale de Galway, 32 p.
(L. Berthois et al) ; ecologie d 'Hyperia schizogenetos* 26 p. (Ph. Laval); formation dcs
eaux profondes en Mediterranee, 36 p. (H. Lacombe & P. Tchernia), 112 p., 1972.
A482 - Hydrologie, de la mer Rouge, 28 p. (C. Maillard); matifere organique particuliere en
M^ditenande, 16 p. (P. Nival et ai)\ structures s£dimentologiques en Manche, 16 p.
(G.A, Auffret et al) ; plankton enumeration, 15 p. (L. Legendre & W.D. Watt); irradiation
gamma de DunalieUa, 7 p. (M,C. Saraiva et al). 76 p., 1972.
A491 - Nodule de manganese au microscope electronique, 13 p. (Cl. Lalou et al) ; carbone 13 en
ocean Atlantique, 10 p. (J.CL Duplessy); hydrologic de la Iagune nord de Tunis, 19 p.
(Ph. Crouzet); croissance et sexualite de Dicentrarckus labrax , 27 p. (G. Bamabe). 76 p.,
1973.
40 F
60 F
50 F
50 F
- 7 '
A492
A501
A502
A511
A512
A521
A522
A531
A532
- Photographic et volcanisme so us* marin, 6 p. (L. Dangeard et ai) ; gchantillonnage en
planctologie, 29 p. (F. Ibanez); respiration et excretion azotge du zooplancton, 10 p.
(F. Mayzaud); variation spatiale du taux de respiration du zooplancton, 11 p. (P. Nival, et
al.) ; filtration des Copepodes planctoniques, 10 p. (P. Nival & S, Nival); test rapide de
toxicity 6 p. (M.C Saraiva). 78 p., 1973.
- Product!vite du phytoplancton des eaux de surface, 20 p. (B.R. Berland et ai) ; repartition
verticalc du zooplancton en MlditerranSe, 24 p. (A. Bourdillon et ai t M. Bhaud et ai) ;
oil spill remover and beach meiofauna, 8 p. (R.J. Bleakley & FJ.S. Boaden); diversity
specifique des Copepodes en baie de Morlaix, 8 p. (G. Le Fevre - Lehoerff) ; contamination
d 'Arenicola marina par le caesium 137, 4 p. (Q, Amiard-Triquet); les Dromies de
I'Atlantique oriental, 53 p. (J. Forest). 126 p„ 1974.
- Eclairement spectral et flux total de photons, 11 p. (L. Prieur & L. Caloumenos); peches
abyssales aux casiers, 5 p. (M. Rannou & J. Nouguier); Nematodes marins de Provence,
28 p. (P. Vitiello); Didemnidae des cotes de France, 12 p. (F. Lafargue); eolation
d'abondance reduite k trois classes, 14 p. (F. Ibanez); amylase et pretdines du zooplancton,
7 p. (J.F. Samain & J. Boucher). 80 p., 1974.
- Developpement de Phronima sedentaria, 37 p. (Ph. Laval); heterogeneite hydrologique et
phytoplanctonique de la baie du Levrier, 7 p. (J. Reyssac & M. Roux); Protistes eucaryotes
du golfe de Marseille, 25 p. (M. Travers); tissu osseux acellulaire du mulet, 5 p.
(J.C. Amiard); deux plongees en bathyscaphe dans le canyon des Stoechades, 6 p.
(G. Bellaiche & J. Francheteau); phytoplancton marin et mdthodes statistiques, 9 p.
(M. Roux & J. Reyssac) ; abyssal Tunicates : an ecological paradox, 31 p. (Cl. Monniot &
F. Monniot). 134 p., 1975.
- Composante horizontal et vocation terrestre dans une mer homogfcne, 8 p. (B. Saint-
Guily); classification des depots glacio-marins d’aprfcs photographies, lip. (L. Dangeard
& J.R. Vanney); larves de Sabellariidae t 18 p. (M. Bhaud); Didemnidae des c6tes de
France, 22 p. (F. Lafargue); otolithes d'un Macrouridae bathyal, 7 p. (M. Rannou &
C. Thiriot-Quievreux); elevage de Copepodes calanoides, 19 p. (J. Person-Le Ruyet);
analyse facto riel le des communautes benthiques cata lanes, 13 p. (A. Guille Sl J.F, Ponge).
104 p„ 1975.
- Sea-surfaces temperatures in the Arabian sea, 11 p. (M. Fieux & H. Stommel) ; conditions
estivales dans la divergence de Me di terra nee nord oed dentals, seston, Cnidaires et
Euphausiac^es, 28 p. (MEDIPROD); enceintes dialysantes et tests biologiques, lip.
(B.R. Berland et ai ); hydrologie de la rade de Villefranche-sur-mer, 22 p. (P. Nival &
M.C. Corre); acides amines libres de Palaemon serratus , 9 p. (P. Richard); cycle de
1’Appendiculaire Oikopieura dioica , 13 p. (R. Fen aux); Lumbrineridae de Med iterance,
35 p. (J.M. Ramos). 140 p. t 1976.
- Phytoplancton en Medite nance nord-occidentals, 12 p. (G. Jacques et ai) ; dosage de la
chlorophylle a et de la pheophytine a, 10 p. (J. Neveux); la dispersion du
microzooplancton, 14 p. (F. Rassoulzadegan & J. Gostan); production carbonee
microbenthique, 15 p. (G. Cahet & N. Mouneimne); Nudibranches des c&tes fran^aises,
9 p. (P. Bouchet & J. Tardy); mouvement des sediments dans le golfe du Lion, 15 p.
(R. Bonnefille); synthese d'aragonite en milieu marin, 9 p., 2 pi. (C. Billy et at.) ; cadre
polyvalent, 4 p. (F. Saur); Arabellidae de Meditenanee, lip. (J.M. Ramos) ; Didemnidae
des cotes de France, 23 p. (F. Lafargue); Nematodes marins de Provence, 29 p.
(P. Vitiello). 180 p.,1976.
- Modelling Allogromia laticollaris, 12 p. (G.G. Ross) ; relationships between cilrates and
nanoflagellates, 14 p. (F. rbanez & F. Rassoulzadegan); variations numlriques
saisonnieres, 16p. (M. Bhaud); production primaire dans les r£cifs cor alliens, 28 p.
(A. So urn i a); magnesium chez Cancer irroratus , 12 p. (J.L. Martin); Sound-scattering
layers in SW Africa waters, 18 p. (C. d'Arcangues); zone antarctique du Pacifique oriental,
20 p. (L. Dangeard et ai ); evolution annuelle des Cilies pelagiques, 10 p.
(F. Rassoulzadegan); revision des Didemnidae de France, 19 p. (F. Lafargue); conditions
meteorologiques sur le golfe du Lion, 15 p. (E. Ascensio et aL ). 176 p., 1977.
- Hydrologie et sels nutritifs en Meditenanee, 12 p. (B. Coste & H. J. Minas); sels nutritifs
et production primaire dans le golfe du Lion, 14 p. (B. Coste et ai) ; production primaire de
deux plages, 14 p. (J.C. Lacaze et ai) ; zooplancton dans un lagon d'atol), 20 p.
(J.P. Renon); external surface in Appendicularia, 8 p. (Q. Bone et ai). 72 p., 1977.
50 F
70 F
50 F
70 F
70 F
90 F
110 F
110 F
50 F
A541
A542
A551
A552
A561
A562
A571
A572
A581
A582
A591
- 8 -
- Metal pollution in western Mediterranean Cetacea, 12 p. (D. Viale); ingestion des
particules par un Tintinnide, 8 p. (F. Rassoulzadegan); biologie de Nyctiphanes couchii t
22 p. (Ph. Gros & J.C1. Cochard); Aste rides et Ophiurides d'Amboine, 28 p„ 2 pi.
(A. Guille & M. Jangoux); systeme d'ouverture-fenneture pour filets a plancton, 10 p.
(A. Bourdillon etal). 88 p., 1978.
- Etalonnage des solutions de C14, 6 p. (J. Brouardel et al .); interface entre deux
ecosystemes, 12 p. (S. Frontier); Foraminiferes benthiques en Manche, 20 p. (M. Rosset-
Moul inter); structures digestives d'Ophioderma longicauda , 12 p. (M, Deschuyteneer &
M. Jangoux); Polyclinidae du sud-ouest de I’ocean Indien, 24 p. (F. Moimiot & F. Gaill) ;
Didemnidae et Polycitoridae de Kerguelen, 8 p. (F. Monniot); Ascidies Phl6bobranches et
S toll dob ranches du sud de Toc6an Indien, 53 p. (Q. Moimiot). 140 p., 1978.
- Northwestern Iberian continental margin geomorphogeny, 16 p. (J.R. Vanney et al) ; sea-
urchin larvae as a tool in assessing sea water quality, 6 p. (F. Bougis et at .); Sulculeolaria
(Siphonophora, Calycophorae, Diphyidae), 22 p,, 4 pi. (Cl. Carr6); biologie de Processa
Nouveli du golfe de Gascogne, 22 p. (Ph. Gros); cryptofaune mobile de TuI6ar, 24 p.
(M. Peyrot-Clausade); inventory of Venice lagoon ascidians, 15 p., 6 pi. (R. Brunetti).
112 p.,1979.
- Geomorphologie, biologie et socio-6cologie de Kabara, 22 p. (R. Galzin et al );
alimentation de Macrourus berg lax, 10 p, (P. Geistdoerfer) ; reproduction et croissance dc
Thelepus setosus (polychetes), 10 p. (J.C, Duchene); influence de la concentration algale
sur Phallusia mamillata , 8 p. (A. Fiala-Medioni); association symbiotique entre une
ascidie et une cyanophycee, 22 p., 1 pi. coul. (F. Lafargue & G. Duclaux); toponymie de la
Mediterranee occidentale, 10 p. (J.R. Vanney & M. Gennesseaux); techniques d^levage
des Appendiculaires; 6 p. (R. Fenaux & G. Gorsky). 92 p., 1979.
- Comportement de reproduction de Symphodus melanocercus , 8 p. (P. Lejeune & J. Voss);
Villefranche-sur-mer ichthyological fauna : Borostomias , 6 p. (J. Sardou); Didemnidae des
cotes de France, 24 p. 7 pi. (F. Lafargue & L. Laubier); limite infSrieure de Vherbier de
Posidonia oceanica , 10 p., 6 cartes (A. Meinesz & R. Laurent); dynamique des populations
de Donax , 10 p. (J. Guillou & Y. Le Moal); Mollusques Rissoid£s m^diterraneens, 12 p„
3 pi. (C. Thiriot-Quievreux). 80 p., 1980.
- Analyse spectra le de la temperature et bilan thennique, 15 p. (N. Bethoux et al );
planification par la programmation lineaire, 12 p. (F. Ibanez); Neoleprea Streptochaeta
(: Terebellidae ), 7 p. (J.C. Duchene); Chromodorididae bleus, 9 p. (Ph. Bouchet &
J. Ortea); ichtyofaune de l’estuaire interne de la Loire, lip. (J. Marchand). 60 p„
1980.
- L'ichtyosarcotoxisme de type Ciguatera, 20 p. (R. Bagnis); Melanostigma atlanticum , 6 p.
(J. Sardou); appendices et potentiality alimentaires chez Podon , 10 p., 2 pi. (S. Nival <fe
S. Raver a); Foraminiferes des sediments recifaux des Mascareignes, 22 p.
(L.F. Montaggioni). 64 p. t 1981.
- Impact de I'am^nagement du littoral varois, lip. (A. Meinesz et al ); Foraminiferes de
l'atoll de Scilly, 32 p., 5 pi. (M.Th. Venec-Peyre &. B. Salvat); cycle biologique d'Abra
alba , 13 p. (G. Bachelet & M. Comet); elevage et mortality de copSpodes planctoniques,
8 p. (S.T. Yassen). 68 p„ 1981.
- Revision du genre indo-padflque Cyrtomaia , 84 p. (D. Guinot et B. Richer de Forges);
rivages et n£otectonique a Rhodes k 1'holocene, 14 p. (P.A. Pirazzoli et al .); cartes de la
limite inferieure de Posidonia , 10 p, (A. Meinesz et R. Laurent). 116 p., 1982.
- EchinoTdes de recifs cor alliens, 42 p. (M.B. Regis et B.A. Thomassin); mangrove de
Guadeloupe : chimie des eaux d’impregnation, 18 p. (J. Martinet et al ); grazing and
growth of a naked oligotrich, 8 p. (F. Rassoulzadegan); la chlorophylle a dans un sediment
estuarien de Bretagne nord, 19 p. (C. Riaux). 90 p., 1982.
- Matiere organique particulaire au large de 1'estuaire de la Gironde, 15 p, (H. Etcheber et
J.C. Relexans); cartes de la vegetation sous-marine des Alpes maritimes, 15 p. (A. Meinesz
et M. Simonian); peuplement de Melirtna palmata (polychetes), 20 p. (C. Hily);
identification individuelle des poissons sans marquage, 8 p. (Ch. Michel etal ); d£couverte
du genre indo-pacifique Fryeria (nudibranches) en MediterTan£e, 4 p. (Ph, Bouchet);
recrutement, croissance, et longevite de Pomatoceros (Polychetes), 23 p. (A, Castric-Fey).
96 p., 1983.
60 F
100 F
70 F
60 F
60 F
50 F
50 F
50 F
70 F
60 F
80 F
- 9 -
A592
A601
A602
A611
A612
A621
A622
A631
A632
A641
A642
A651
A652
- Plankton of the eastern Mediterranean* 10 p. (B. Kimor); cycle vital de Oikopleura
longicauda (appendiculaire), 10 p. (R. Fenaux & G. Gorsky); faune suprabenthique
nSritique, 10 p. (J.C Sorbe); biologie reproductive de Sabellaria (polych£tes), 14 p.
(Y. Gruet et P. Lassus); croissance d 'Asterias rubens, 14 p. (M. Guillou); normalisation
des symboles (biocenoses benthiques littorales), 18 p. (A. Meinesz et al). 80 p., 1983.
- Meiofaune et peuplements de copepodes harpacticoides, 13 p. (Ph. Bodin); Elysiidae de
Mediterranee, 10 p., 1 pi- couL (Ph. Bouchet); cryptofaune carcinologique du recif de
Tulear, 13 p. (M. Peyrot-Qausade); micro-informatique et taxonomic des actmies, 44 p.
7 pi. (D. Doumenc et A. Foubert); salt-excretive function of the skin in Cetacea, 7 pi.
(D. Viale); polychromatisme de Sirpus zariquieyi, 5 p. (C. Vadon). 104 p„ 1984.
- Adaptadve evolution of protists to planktonic life, 10 p. (J.& M. Cachon); mltaux et
metalloTdes dans differents visceres de poissons, 13 p. (R. Martoja et at.) ; Tuniciers
benthiques au large de Made re. 14 p. (C. & F. Monnlot); Actinies ba thy ales du Chili, 20 p.
(D. Doumenc); sexuality chez Pomatoceros (polychetes), 25 p. (A. Castric-Fey);
radiographie et microdensi tome trie des Scleractiniaires, 9 p. (M. Guillaume). 96 p.,
1984.
- Les recifs coralliens de Hie de Makatea, 25 p. (L.F. Montaggioni et qL) ; cartographic des
peuplements benthiques marine de Corse, 12 p. (C.F. Boudouresquc et cl.) ; epifaune de la
rade de Brest, 12 p. (A. Bourgoin et al.) ; sediments ingeres et transit chez Echinocardium,
8 p. (C. De Ridder et M. Jangoux); Bivalves du plateau continental sud-Gascogne, 16 p.
(M. Comet); temperature et salinite a chaque stade larvaire de Palaemon serratus , 19 p.
(H. Yagi et HJ. Ceccaldi). 96 p., 1985.
- Les herbiers de Posidonies des Pyren^es-Orientales, 18 p. (G. Pergent et at.) ; Scleractinian
coral hosts of Ascothoracida, 24 p. (H. Zibrowius and M.J. Grygier); population de Donax
trunculus de Mehdia, 9 p. (A. Bayed et J. Guillou); Demosponges des Azores, 77 p.
(N. Boury-Esnault et M.T. Lopes). 132 p., 1985.
- Dynamique d'Abra prismatica (bivalves), 12 p. (J.C. Dauvin); structure des peuplements
de mdiofaune (egout de Marseille), 24 p. (M. Keller); la maladie de Toursin-chauve, 9 p.
(Ph, Maes et al) ; Bryozoaires littoraux de la ria de Ribadeo, 22 p. (E. Fernandez
Pulpeiro); taxonomy of Tintinnina, suggestions for improvement, 16 p. (M. Laval-Peuto
and D.C. Brownlee); eau rouge a Noctituca sur la cote de Provence, 32 pl„ 1 pi. coul.
(J.M. PSres et ai.) ; micro repart it ion du plancton a Cabo Frio, 19 p. (J.L. Valentin et al. ).
140 p., 1986.
- Bryozoaires abyssaux de l’ocean Indien, 51 p. f 10 pi. n.b. (L. David et S. Pouyet); mission
Corantilles II, 4 p. (J. Laborel); les Coraux de la Martinique, 39 p. 2 pi. n.b., 1 pi. coul.
(Cl. Bouchon et J. Laborel); Gorgones de la Martinique, 12 p. (V. Philippot) \ les Poissons
de la Martinique, 20 p. (Y. Bouchon-Navaro et M. Louis). 136 p„ 1986.
- Didemnid Ascidians of France, 46 p. t 4 pi. n.b., 8 pi. coul. (F. Lafargue and M. Wahl);
summer submergence of Persa incolorata, 10 p. (J. Goy); Evolution morphologique
recente de ratoll de Reao, 12 p. (PA. Pirazzoli et al) ; comportement de nettoyage de
Labroides dimidiavus^ 16 p. (Ph. Lemaire et J. Maigret). 88 p., 1987.
- Chemical features of mussels in a polluted area, 12 p, (J, Coulon et o/.); species of
Clavetina in the Mediterranean sea, 18 p., 1 pi. coul. (R. Branetti); nouvelles Ascidies en
Mediterranee, 12 p. 1 pi. coul. (Cl. & F. Monniot); relations entre larves de polychfctes et
Tisbe, 12 p. (J.P. Guerin et F. Cubizolles). 56 p., 1987.
- Esturgeons anadromes de la mer Caspienne (Keyvanfar A.), 40 p.; bio accumulation de
metaux chez Abra alba (Martoja M. et al.) t 24 p. ; Actinopodes des eaux cotieres libanaises
(Abboud-Abi Saab M.), 10 p.
- Phenologie de Posidonia ocennica en Mediterranee (G. Pergent & C. Pergent-Martini),
21 p. Croissance et developpement de Salpa fusiformis (J.C. Braconnot, S.M. Choe &
P. Nival), 13 p. Surveillance estivale de Pelagia noctiluca (P. Bernard, F. Couasnon,
J.P. Soubiran & J.F. Goujon), 10 p.
- Contamination de chlamys par 1'argent (M. Martoja, M. Truchet & B. Berthet), 13 p.
Biomineralisation des machoires chez un polychete Eunicid6 (J. Vovelle, M. Grasset &
M. Truchet), 21 p. Meiofaune temporaire des sediments fins de la Manche (J.C. Dauvin),
18 p.
Fecrinidae bathyaux et abyssaux du golfe de Gascogne (E. Schein). Talitres des plages de la
Guadeloupe (G. Ciavatti). Alimentation de la monie au large de l'Ecosse (M.-H. du Buit).
Actuality oceanographiques, 123 p., 9 pi.
70 F
100 F
100 F
120 F
160 F
200 F
200 F
250 F
250 F
250 F
250 F
250 F
300 F
- 10-
A661-2
A671
A672
0072
0073
0116
WG31
W032
W041
W042
W051
W052
- Cytological features of mussels in a polluted area (C. Ballan-Dufransais, A.Y, Jeantet St
J. Coulon). Coraux de Guadeloupe (C Bouchon & J. Laborel). Description dc Boccardia
semibranchiata (J.P. Guerin). Actualites oceanographiques. 104 p.
- L'ouragan Hugo sur les cotes de Guadeloupe (C. Bouchon, Y. Bouchon-Navaro, D. Imbert
St M. Louis). Zooplankton of the Bay of Biscay continental shelf (J. d’Elbee & J. Castel).
Cetaces et production frontale en Mediterranee (D. Viale). Halecium liouvillei (Cnidaria)
sur les cotes europeennes (F. Ramil Blanco & E. Fernandez Pulpeiro). Actualites
oceanographiques, 95 p.
- Les meduses des eaux libanaises (J. Goy et al). My si daces du canyon du cap Ferret
(M. Elizalde et al). Developpement larvairc de Boccardia semibranchiata (J.-P. Guerin).
Actualites oceanographiques. 100 p.
- Recherches sur le plancton, 1 p, (L. Legendre, G. Champalbert); Exploitation des espfcces
marines de TAtlantique Nord, 29 p. (J. Boulva, B. Fontaine). 60 p., 1981.
- Les nodules polymetalliques. Les glissements profonds. Les sediments oc£aniques
(L. Dangeard, G. Grau, J. Marvaldi) - Comportement des radionuclei des. Les composes
humiques a l'interface ocean* sediment (Y. Be lot, P. Guegueniat, L. Jocteur). 144 p.,
1981.
- Aquaculture de Mediterranee (N. Vicente, J. Vacelet) - Production biologique et peche
dans Tocean Indien (P. Geistdoerfer) - Impact & longue distance de rejets radioactifs en
milieu marin (A. Gamier). 93 p., 1985.
- Chlorophyll size distribution (Raimbault et al) t 10 p.; Cafeteria roenbergensis n.g., n. sp.
(T. Fenchel St D.J. Patterson) lip.. Feeding of Favella (A. Taniguchi St Y. Takeda)
13 p.
- Choanoflagellate biology (P. Andersen), 15 p. Fatty acids of phyto and microzooplakton
(H. Claustre, J.C. Marty, L. Cassiani & J. Dagaut), 15 p. Grazing on bacterioplankton
(M.G. Frikha & E. A.S. Linley), Up- Photosynthetic Strombidium (D.K. Stoeker D.K.,
M.W. Silver, A.E. Michaels & LH. Davis), 21 p.
GAP, 4th International Workshop : Introduction (S-Y. Maestrini). Foreword (T. Berman).
Microalgal respiration (J. Beardall & J.A. Raven). Phytoplankton and phytobenthos
production (C. Chaipy-Roubaud St A. Soumia). Measurement of respiration with isotopes
(J.A. Raven). Estimates of primary production in oligotrophic waters (D.K. Krupatkina).
Adaptive carbohydrate release by phytoplankton (A.M. Wood & L.M. Van Valen).
Microphytobenthic pigments (R.G. Barlow et al). Respiration in blooming Microcystis
(Y, Watanabe & F. Kimura). 130 p.
Nanoflagellates in culture (D.A, Caron), Phytoplankton flow cytometry (M. Legner). Algal
release of DOM (P.J. le B. Williams). Microphytobenthos chloropigments (G. Blanchard et
al). Chlorophyll intercomparison (J. Neveux et al). Primary production of epiphytic algae
(N. Takamura etal ), 112 p.
- NATO AS1 604/87, Plymouth, 24th July to 5th August 1988: Protozoa and their role in
marine processes. 177 p.
- Toxic dinofl age Hates and bacteria (C. Rausch de Traubenberg St P. Lassus). Distribution of
bacterivory among nanoflagellates (B.F. St E.B. Shen). Enteric bacteria removal
(I. Barcina, J.M. Gonzalez, J. Iriberri St L. Egea). Flagellate faeces production
(M. Elbrachter). 60 p.
200 F
250 F
250 F
45 F
80 F
70 F
120 F
150 F
160 F
80 F
180 F
60 F
12. Documentation
0161 - Repertoire de diction nai res et glossaires a l’usage des oceanographes (M. Delahaye St
D.H. Hugo!). 74 p. 60 F
016HS — Actes de la 2* reunion europeenne des bibliothfcques et centres de documentation en
sciences aquatiques (EURASLIC). 131 p. 90 F
Schultz, G.A. 1977. Anthurids from the west coast of North America, including a new
species and three new genera (Crustacea, Isopoda). Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington 90(4): 839-84$.
Science Applications Internationa! Corp. [SAIC] 1985. Assessment of long-term changes in
biological communities in the Santa Maria Basin and western Santa Barbara Channel -
Phase 1. Volume II - Synthesis of Findings. Prepared for United States Department of
the Interior, Minerals Management Service, Pacific OCS Region; Contract
14-12-0001-30032.
Shuster, S.M. 1991. Changes in female anatomy associated with the reproductive moult in
Paracerceis scufpta, a seme!parous isopod crustacean. Journal of Zoology 225:365-379.
Sivertsen, E. and L.B. Holthuis. 1980. The marine isopod Crustacea of the Tristan da
Cunha Archipelago. Gunneria 35: 1-128,
Stimpson, W. 1853. Synopsis of the marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, or the region
about the Bay of Fundy, New Brunswick. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge 6(5):
1 - 66 .
Strdmberg, J.O. 1972. Cyathura polita (Crustacea, Isopoda), some embryo logical notes.
Bulletin of Marine Science 22(2): 463-482.
Wagele, J.W. 1981. Zur Phylogenie der Anthuridea (Crustacea, Isopoda) mit Beitragen zur
Lebenswei.se, Morphologie, Anatomie und Taxonomie. Zoologica (Berlin) 45(2)(132);
1-127.
Wagele, J.W, 1984a. Two new littoral anthuridea from Baja California and redescription of
Mesanthura occidental}s (Crustacea, Isopoda). Zoologica Scripta 13(1): 45-57.
Wagele, J.W. 1984b. Studies on Antarctic Crustacea Isopoda. 1. Anthuridea from the
Weddell Sea. Polar Biology 3: 99-107.
Wallerstein, B.R. and R.C. Brusca. 1982. Fish predation: a preliminary study of its role in
the zoogeography and evolution of shallow water idoteid isopods (Crustacea: Isopoda:
Idoteidae). Journal of Biogeography 9:135-150.
Wetzer, R. and R.C. Brusca. In Press. Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa
Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara Channel. Volume 10 - Arthropoda, Subphylum
Crustacea, Class Malacostraca, Superorder Peracarida, Order Isopoda.
Wetzer, R.,H,G. Kuck, P Baez R., R.C. Brusca and L.M. Jurkevics. 1991, Catalog of the
isopod Crustacea type collection of the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County.
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Technical Reports 3: 1-59.
11
CALL FOR ABSTRACTS
The Water Environment Federation (WEF) Program Committee is soliciting abstracts for
the Surface Water Quality and Ecology Symposium and related sessions "Coastal Water
Quality Issues", "Environmental Monitoring & Assessment", "Sediment Quality Criteria
Issues", and "Watershed Management in the Great Lakes" for the 1994 Water
Environment Federation Annual Conference in Chicago, Illinois, October 16-20, 1994.
Individuals are encouraged to submit abstracts to address this important and expanding
focus of the Federation. Papers covering the following topics are especially encouraged:
Urban & Agricultural Nonpoint Source Impacts and Controls
Waste Disposal Effects on Estuaries and Coastal Areas
Nutrient Problems and Eutrophication
Multimedia, Transboundary Ecological Risk Assessments
Natural Resources Damage Assessments
Water Quality Impacts of Air Emissions
Stormwater Impacts
River, Lake & Watershed Management
Water Quality Modeling & Monitoring
Fate & Transport Modeling of Toxics
Toxicity Reduction Evaluations
Sediment Quality Criteria
Assessment of Sediment Contamination (extent & type)
Sediment Bioavailability Issues
Evaluation of Cumulative Impacts
Regional Planning
Water Quality Criteria and Standards (including site specific)
Freshwater & Marine Water Quality and Ecosystem Issues
Bioassessment, Rapid Bioassessment Protocols and Biocriteria
Great Lakes: (Development & Implementation of Regulations; Impact on
Regulated Communities; Watershed Management; Site-specific Municipal
and Industrial Permitting; and Regional Water Quality)
The deadline for submission of abstracts is January 10, 1994. Authors will be notified of
tentative selection of abstracts by April 2; final acceptance of papers is contingent on
submission of a full manuscript of the selected abstract by July 1, 1994.
Submit abstracts to:
Water Environment Federation
Attn: Maureen Novotne, Technical & Educational Services
601 Wythe Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-1994
(703) 684-2400, ext. 7450
Abstract Submittal FORM
WEF Control No.
Water Environment Federation
67 th Annual Conference & Exposition
McCormick Place North
Chicago, Illinois October 16-20,1994
A photocopy of this form must be used os the title page for each copy of the abstract. The session topic for
which the abstract is submitted must be identified by fetter in the appropriate space on the form. Another
platform session or the poster session may be indicated for alternate consideration if the paper is not
accepted for the primary session topic.
Send copies of the complete submittal to the Federation office. Sending abstracts to session managers or
other members of the Program Committee may delay consideration of the paper. Abstracts must arrive at
the Federation office by January 10,1994. No FAX submissions can be accepted for consideration.
Submissions received after this date will receive consideration only after prior submissions have been
evaluated, and on a space available basis.
Title of paper:_
Speaker: ____
Corresponding author _
Company'_
Street address'_
City:___State or Province:
Phone:_FAX_
WiJl this paper be presented elsewhere before September 1,1994? □ Yes □ No
if so. where? _
ZIP:
Paper submitted for session topic___
Enter tetter from attached W. If submitted for A-H (Symposia series), submit 15 copies of the abstract; for an other sessions,
submit 5 copies. TWs form must be used as the cover page for eoch copy of the abstract.
Alternate consraerarion requested for sessica i topic_
(Enter another session topic or <i> Poster Session.)
Deadline for submissions is January 10,1994.
Authors will be notified of tentative selection of abstracts by April 2, 1994.
Final acceptance for the program is contingent on receipt of a full manuscript by Juiy 1.1994,
Submit abstracts to:
Water Environment Federation
Attn: Conference Program
601 Wythe Street
Alexandria, Virginia 22314-1994 USA
FAX submissions cannot be accepted for consideration.
For Committee
use onfy:
1
Tota
Printed on Recyded Paper
Ouq.( 3 *k SCflnvT PyA^
&r\ Odd
P^ijCW-^-5 \)<J /cL^^ LoisdlQ
'yJJjp^y j 1,0$'
4‘ / .— .^v
S Pi L> ~~ C btlJljLl hAtLrlOil< 0~J
/ ^ , fn&y '
l%uXh'djLf\h-£sL hcoL& ^ /lohSe-f^JU ^ J$4 3*4
^M. ddupJLA /n$&A,-t in La\mJA^ f P#s£° fay
(tu. ^^JhoLniZA AcoLs) (**<" (/**''*» fu>a*ssj
OCXJu^^A^d (I/aasul^ a,y$iAjt Aja$_
'$poks he^/o On wu/z^e*. /^5 _ V / ^
• ' S>4&.Jh/?t'i Sp ■ & ^ Loss/
£l£jl^
't/dcLt /irfa-far A&dbs
s ^ a
flo /0 fdtjt CP^-b S* si / </~h /s / 4
dCXU^nht-P (Uj^Ua&s c^h^Jrjf'
~ rKuJlh'dUni^ij, kooks Sio^ tit* - <#S /\n S, bodJLfaa^cbc
^)%ddjk (MU^S -f/sjt jAaytf ^ bfa /maAA Jb/y ^Ah Ao&fad
h-Otfks 4z> ^SLpCLnatr dcdjifa p'3 /n^O <d /^cu(^\ ^xo^yO^S
frnL &- Lrxajsi ct*id 4k &4fai /S s^/ru idu^T^
yXLtdd&piS ^ <y?, a hcu^iJ- by i-AAyy GcuMd be ^dufay/oS
k 5 P' i h fbLffiy* O-' Loaa-oy} /acoKj Po^oOr^ l)u/r L/. Lor**. Sjos
9 c / ^ n ft • DO J J • i * A *'*' $ f w ' t -°
\ *h-&L>. SomJLs p&JJp&Js ■ p<xp / JC*#JU P^/S C^Amjtx /n^
^ y^LKudi^ ^nd (*1.4xiuu/L/^aJL
/lijL Pldti o-tsL D> 7 (pitfxbcnru \JJUSjdrCd
/la pi 'tj/vu. a A ... JcaM kys > HAt&kurc pi^os/.
j!pA4^ . 'S^&uLp<xLi<^- ptetcik
&n . Is f ■SlA . Joa.^/ . pJHt ^L-hd? AhouioUcAA oht, .
X (j>0 rA&fjLAAs j.oa ■StcLiJ^j./x t/t\A*a-iHJt.<j t^CA^ai^A^cL
'yioi\h^a S oJ-Ja 5 UndtA A/ctlvu^ 0<3n (l/u^ //e^ a t
tutus.
<A<.jj<^iAsu^thtLk .At' oc&obntddaA.
Q/xjufkid _pc*JAt da^ " .. mu ^/urm.. La.\,\^ a nj cm. £u>'\ .
LoAAajO . ~ l/lAlj di'jj.^SAJ./L't' ^U!Th OU/UiA ...
UjJuC.K h.Ly° OoA to Q, op,aptuJUlaw's UOQ.fr'XcLi to .
b, l/dasdjL ■ bidf. StoAA tu cMicJad <%<pcur&t .
hk Minks At Zsj&t .cA&si bo Or tAjo0.s<ifA£ s/ttft A tap
hyLrtAi'04 blc\/i\ C~r\ Sdt-'(SJb\. *0 fop /
hibVUL/
IdAA^o Jsufo /hfrdt& to .
~ Ad.s ImJh f book s Jh'kt spats a>\ (AusfupA*
~ 5uka.<U tajto^ books p'U.u.^A. ^UTy^u 2ut)'jUo /O .. .
~ Offrn.paustJ- 'PpioaipaoaJ .
_ b*&n(buAj cot / Ptdamfouofbd'' AAtj bx^tkj
af 6 co Hid oak, hi'^j'd.
~ jP^iildoCcm)pounJ Aoots : Oudjnh ti to btctidatz ?
' pC£o-<k o &&>-><paw*/ hooks Jo /^+ -3 tpo Oyol Sidt
*<Oid
fa/ / A'opuau-' dr oJkusiS'd*'
)<UtjjC> CU«fa fa Q'U^fi/ofa JLA£f>uM~ jOdAWLs ,
(fa/Stdl^ p&- it^clc Qsrip ound /cofa-* /'< /fa t / ^e/'p/Lsi^aA
Jic+JuA, faa/v 3
. }$Md fa cLeM chains/ Sfas/os 0- a/-m-iJfacL'fo-~
S^0"cIajl- . .
OpkaMJXSQ j Ufa's ha S) A&jzaat/-' [ (b-4AA^Q edi/nj-n, jfa*
Jack CL fa BanSt / VobjiT^ C *: "* 9 *'
J* .Ca/j/ka\ /a- ncri ck&iSaJ Ci/ujq /S ^i/uatn 2 /n/sSt/ep^
j$, han h&O^aJ-f /fas / '/ .
J pOLiA^-* ^ ^‘’f 3
ol&\CcJ Caaaaa^ Cm J$b £ ^4,b/^L^x-C
aCtsKp/j CafajS. jQAJLZJ./vf' 0 Y 1 Sl> b epsu j
JlX> (/in hh trs cr >i g/p- S OtSr^oumdt vie ^'ij
/fa S/fap/fa *Snfaa. ar-c Cs/noo// ...
/ yhflja CkaAaClfa\ fa dfa/r.‘jufaA. <5p^(uX^ tM-ffa
0J^<$C-fU&/tS/S A<*-S AO c/cnsa/j <lofaci^s ^ J S^yfacp^_j
&, J /P^/j d ^ JLp J
„ Ityr 1
fth@<jt(Lfn'c$CfJL
X&t- Sa.ji^e_ £uxd UotL&kju z,hnJr by fca^ftn G/iu^x
000 pi* HsS AjMsxf/s ~ 27 £4 h'cf'^ ^ S/Kccrt^
iM
y \o f P’J^ icLicfJl. SCDOjS UJ! S/y)00-ft\ Ox (MA^uJ^izfrc/
■ q}C ) - ->
2o ax X/ SiX
Nbk>pAod /c J, f\j / Carnasicb Pjbkdbop^ooJ-u^ oJA Aav* ply
Jbfryty S*tb*4_
I ,.$Jl$ J'ki<b*' CLAU JWSJL,
AAAn-f IuqA&Aa,
.. P°GJcabu.A j22£\s&^
, fjj?:iXC?o> AsJ frjf+A & yntel_ c£&a_S> a/*-* stZcpaj^
P/J& A . Yy\ udbjSpJGuiS
~To~ny PkJbJ.yjs /jj^AA J’tia/vurux t -h
9 typPAJL g> Zty J // Of fu t
A *$^4# Jh-&a hi*}<"PJ
mh'T^ ,. / *
&r>6iferaA-l- <?*i SjlT! /SL “ / *?
J2jLAaA -fcryy>/ u /n^ CoA-!'^ ola^h- iMot^nn Ji/j/^x/sxf
J>'cjSKtAJ- lands CiCAOSS 2 -eb‘j^n-< l_ "(doc^ jUdf h<*AS
$rnajll it/ la&j^
ajyoccf'
t / ' /^. <~ ~ ■st-/ - aj2*A Q$L^f'dc Ly
// J'Ji&l&C-t'c It * 3d' />ityt*si* /
^ /ylet n C As ‘c*^
anc-tLtA. f>cu\,6^’dXpfxndac^o*' /n^in(s Jhrf-urar-^
&\ar>tkj (xjl,
<Su fafilvdd* 'J c ('K)-~ a.nd UibiJaQltsv 'G>od)^YKt ■-/-/' c o
/A qLILa^ Lem A ’sa-hlJUll (Jj J /tl A&tMntj j S Un dtrl/^LAS
Cl*xl sAxAM-ntj PaJLoJL j
><|\N • Sq 0
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
November, 1993 Vol. 12, No. 7
NEXT MEETING:
Weird and Strange Polychaetes
GUEST SPEAKER:
None
DATE:
December 13,1993
TIME:
9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION:
Polychaete Lab, Los Angeles County Museum of
Natural History, Los Angeles, CA
DECEMBER 13
The meeting in December will be a show and tell
with polychaete specimens that are weird, strange
or rare from the recently generated species list.
So please bring your animals. It will be held at
Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh's polychaete lab at the Los
Angeles Natural History Museum, Los Angeles,
CA.
StemaspisJossor Stimpson, 1854: Figure
from Hartman 1969 Atlas of the
Sedentariate Polychaetous Annelids
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC
Scamit Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes.
November, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 7
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON
NOVEMBER 15
Ron Velarde announced that the Master Species
Listhasbeen given to Southern California Coastal
Water Research Project (SCCWRP).
Nominations are now open for SCAMIT officers
for the 1994-95 year. They will be entertained
from now, up to and including the January
meeting. We greatly need officers, (some of the
current officers will not be running for re-election),
so please consider offering your services for the
upcoming year. Send your nominations to the
Vice President, Larry Lovell at:
1036 Buena Vista
Vista, CA 92083
Ballots will be mailed out with the January
newsletter and will be due by the March meeting.
Don't forget the SCAMIT Christmas party
scheduled for Saturday evening, December 11th
from 7:00 to 10:00 pm at the Cabrillo Marine
Aquarium. Larry will be bringing a turkey for
sandwiches and he will supply the bread and
condiments. We need people to bring side dishes,
salads and desserts. The Aquarium will be open
for SCAMIT members and families. We will be
setting up tables and chairs at 6 pm. Please come
and help if you can.
Don Cadien (Los Angeles County Sanitation
Districts) informed attending members that Dr.
John Garth passed away. A copy of the service
will be included in a later newsletter.
Mary Wicksten (Department of Biology, Texas
A&M University, College Station, TX 77843) is
checking records of various crabs from California.
Does anyone have any recent (that is, since 1945)
records of the pelagic grapsoid crabs Planes
cyaneus and Pachygrapsus marinus from
California? Both have been reported as cast
ashore with floating debris and Lepas, the former
often associates with sea turtles. Also: has anyone
sighted Uca crenulata north of Playa del Rey or
Malacoplax califomiensis north of Mugu Lagoon?
Reports of these or other "odd" decapods are
appreciated.
Treasurer, Ann Dalkey, is working on a new
SC AMTTbrochure. If you received a draft version
from Ann, your comments and also comments of
other members should be directed to her by the
end of December, Ann's phone number is listed
at the end of this newsletter.
SCAMIT is proud to announce the arrival of a
new SC AMTTer. David and Audrey Vilas had a
bouncing baby boy, Henry Kunio, (6 lbs, 11 oz)
born on the evening of October 31st.
John Ljubenkov chaired the workshop on
Corymorphine Hy droids of southern California.
The main character used to identify hydroids is
the distribution of 3 different kinds of tentacles:
moniliform (beaded), capitate (variety of
moniliform withbulb on end) and filiform (simple
and straight). Included in this newsletter is a
two-way table along with a handout created by
John. The hydroids found in California are
Hypolytus, Euphysa, Corymorpha, Tubularia,
Myriothela, Cladonema and Corynidae. The
Hypothetical column at the end of the two-way
table is depicted in the middle of the drawings of
the Evolutionary Trends in Capitate Hydroids
and Medusae. John spent the remainder of the
morning discussing other cnidarians from the
master species list. The afternoon was spent
examining specimens of those taxa discussed in
the morning.
November, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 7
FUTURE MEETINGS
The meeting on January 10 will be on Sea Pens,
Part3. Dr. Gary C. Williams, California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco, C A will be leading the
workshop It will be held at MEC in their newly
expanded and remodeled offices in Carlsbad,
CA.
The February 21 meeting will be a workshop on
the Polydora complex (Boccardia, Pseudopoly dora,
Carazziella, Polydora etc.). Larry Lovell will be
leading the meeting. Please start collecting
specimens and get them to Larry as soon as
possible (at the December meeting would be
nice). His address is at the beginning of the
newsletter. The location of the meeting is still to
be arranged!
The meeting on March 14 will be in Santa Barbara,
CA. It will be lead by Paul Scott and Dr. Eric
Hochberg of the Santa Barbara Natural History
Museum. The topic(s) have yet to be determined.
The April 11 meeting will be on Polynoidae. The
workshop will be lead by Gene Ruff. This will be
held at the City of San Diego's Marine Biology
Lab in Point Loma.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
3
Hypofytus
Euphysa
Boreohydra
Actinulida
Corymospha
Tubuiaria
Asyncoryne
Tricydusa
oral capitate
X
X
X
X
oral monilrform
X
oral filiform
X
X
X
aboral monilrform
X
X
X
X
aboral filiform
X
X
X
solitary
X
X
X
X
X
X
colonial
X
X
thin perisarc
X
X
X
X
thick perisarc
X
X
Acau/is
Myriothela
Cfadonema
HaJocordyie
Cbrynidae
Hypothetical
oral capitate
X
X
X(4)
X(MANY)
X
X
oral monilrform
oral filiform
aboral monilrform
aboral filiform
X
X(MOD.)
X (4)
X(MANY)
X
solitary
X
X
X
colonial
X
X
X
thin perisarc
X
X
thick perisarc
X
X
X
X
/
V.
Figure 3.26. Monobrachium parasitum: A, colony on shell of bivalve mollusk, Axinopsida
serricaia , note presence of dactylozooids at the margin of the shell; B, enlarged section of
colony showing cluster of feeding and reproductive zooids; C, gonozoid (Figure A from Hand,
1957; B, from Naumov, 1960; C, redrawn from Fraser, 1937). Scale in mm. Abbreviations:
B, bivalve shell; D, dactylozooids; Ga, gastrozooid; Go, gonozooid; H, hydrorhiza; T,
tentacle.
2
FIGURE 147. Obelia gc n ic u I a t a (L.).branch-
let with hydrothecae and gonotheca
FIGURE 142. Campanulatia evetta
Clark, section of colony with three hydro-
thecae and gonotheca (after Nutting,
magnified ?)
AMO.**''
FIGURE 159. V er t ic i 1 li na ve rt ic i Hat a (L.), section of colony with
hydrothecae and gonotheca
rC if ux
p-f t/l (?u)
}
I
b idj v^veO)
2i£±Qm t &(' t i-<g ^vf^ s
<n0i, AakM> j 2 ^
\<^C>
n, 2- ^
V
?
J, yio_Sj2_
Vifck-dUtrtg
^T -
a^yvuA«Awvv\
ST^ofWc
9P A
Ckey /»v%
6-P 5 pi cv^es
<- I ,»«*
C^nO/yvi-Wv-io: ^7. (_
6— at
\J
s^. X>
C^Yia^fkdfio-
y 0.
532
EVOLUTIONARY TRENDS IN CAPjlTATE HYDROIDS AND MEDUSAE
• $o 0
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
December, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 8
NEXT MEETING:
Weird and Strange Polychaetes 2
GUEST SPEAKER:
None
DATE:
January 10,1993
TIME:
9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION:
Polychaete Lab, Los Angeles Couni
of Natural History, Los Angeles, Cj
^ Museum
JANUARY 10
The meeting in January will be a show and tell,
(part 2), withpolychaete specimens that are weird,
strange or rare from the recently generated spedes
list. So please bring your animals. It will be held
at Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh's polychaete lab at the Los
Angeles Natural History Museum, Los Angeles,
CA.
Chaetopierus varwpedatus (Renier, 1804): Figure
from Hartman 1969 Adas of the Sedentariate
Polychaetous Annelids
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes.
December, 1993
Vol. 12, No. 8
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON
DECEMBER 13
The Echinoderm Newsletter #18 is available and
anyone who is interested in receiving this
newsletter or next years please contact:
Cynthia Ahearn
Dept of Invertebrate Zoology, MRC163
Smithsonian Institution
Washington, DC 20560
A bill has been introduced in the House of
Representatives (HR 2918), which would
establish the National Institute for the
Environment as an independent entity "to
improve the scientific basis for decision-making
on environmental issues, and for other purposes.
Additional duties relate to enhancing
communications between scientists and policy
makers, encouraging development of
environmentally benign technologies and
identifying emerging environmental issues.
Larry Lovell passed around a Smithsonian Series
Program which contains reports on the research
and collections of the various Smithsonian
museums and offices or of professional colleagues
associated with the Institution. If anyone is
interested in receiving a copy of this please contact
Ann Dalkey at (310) 648-5611.
The 5th Polychaete Conference will be held in
China sometime in mid-July, 1995. Dr. Reish
suggested SCAMTT might want to get a tour
group formed so that the air fare would be
cheaper.
Nominations are now open for SCAMTT officers
for the 1994-95 year. They will be entertained
from now up to and including the January
meeting. We greatly need officers, (some of the
current officers will not be runningfor re-election),
so please consider offering your services for the
upcoming year. Send your nominations to the
Vice President, Larry Lovell at:
1036 Buena Vista
Vista, C A 92083
Ballots will be mailed out with the January
newsletter and will be due by the March meeting.
The rest of the meeting was spent examining
polychaete specimens that were weird, strange
or rare from the recently generated spedes list.
This included Scolelepis sp. 1 (Point Loma),
Nothria occidenialis , Sabellides sp 1 (Point Loma),
Petaloproctus borealis , Scoloplos acmeceps profundus ,
Sphaerosyllis brandhorsti and Mooreonuphis
stigmatis .
Linde Looy of Fraser Environmental Services in
British Columbia is starting a "SCAMTT" in the
Pacific Northwest. It will include fresh water
and/or marine phytoplankton, periphyton,
zooplankton or invertebrate taxonomy. Included
in this newsletter is a notice for an upcoming
meeting.
2
December, 1993
Vol. 12, No* 8
FUTURE MEETINGS
The February 14 meeting will be a workshop on
the Polydora complex ( Boccardia , Pseudopolydora,
Carazziella, Polydora etc*)* Larry Lovell will be
leading the meeting. Please start collecting
specimens and get them to Larry as soon as
possible* His address is at the beginning of the
newsletter. The location of the meeting will be
announced in the January newsletter.
The April 11 meeting will be on Polynoidae. The
workshop will be lead by Gene Ruff. This will be
held at the City of San Diego’s Marine Biology
Lab in Point Loma.
The meeting on May 9 will be on Decapods with
Dr. Jodi Martin leading the workshop. It will be
held in the Times Mirror Room at the Los Angeles
Natural History Museum, Los Angeles, CA.
The meeting on March 14 will be in Santa Barbara,
CA. It will be lead by Paul Scott and Dr. Eric
Hochberg of the Santa Barbara Natural History
Museum. The topic(s) have yet to be determined.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
i/74/1993 11:14
6045389730
FES
PhGE 04
NOTICE TO INVERTEBRATE AND PLANKTONIC TAXONOMISTS
RE : TAXONOMIST'S WORKING GROUP
identification of planktonic and invertebrate organisms has been used as a tool for
understanding biodiversity as well as for a biological measure in Impact assessments.
Recently, there has been an effort made to better standardize the various methods and
approaches used in monitoring these communities. In February 1992 EVS
Consultants and Environment Canada held a Benthos Monitoring Workshop. The
workshop was well attended and a considerable amount of information was
exchanged on various aspects of benthos monitoring. To build on the work already
started, there has been interest in forming a working group for taxonomists. This
would be a forum for specialists and generalists alike to share ideas and hopefully
develop standardized methods, QA/QC procedures, and lists of keys so that data
analyzed is as comparable as possible over time independent of who performs the
actual identifications.
To this end we would like to invite anyone active in freshwater or marine
phytoplankton, periphyton, zooplankton or invertebrate taxonomy to a preliminary
meeting of the working group tor taxonomists. The purpose of this meeting will be to :
- discuss ideas on the structure and organization of the working group(s)
• discuss the development of standardized methods
• discuss possible topics for future workshops / meetings
- introduce the Royal British Columbia Museum voucher collection
Please forward a copy of this notice to anyone in the Pacific Northwest that may be
interested in this meeting.
Date: January 21,1994
Time : 1:00 pm
Piace : The Royal British Columbia Museum
675 Belleville Street
Victoria, B.C.
Meeting Room 112
• check in at security desk
Please return the enclosed RSVP with suggestions on possible agenda topics to :
Unde Looy
Fraser Environmental Services
#16 - 9324 128th Street
Surrey. B.C.
V3V 6A4
(604) 588-9738 (telephone and fax number)
11/24/1993 11:14
6045009739
FES
PAGE -0
RSVP to be returned by December 15,1993 to :
Unde Looy
Fraser Environmental Services
#16 - 9324 128th Street
Surrey, B.C.
V3V 6A4
(604) 588-9738 (telephone and fax number)
_Yes, I would like to attend the meeting of the working group for taxonomists.
_ No, ! will not bs -?.bb to attend the mesting but ptsr.se send me any information
generated.
Name:__
Company / Institution ;_ •
Address: _
Phone:
Area of Interest:
Suggestions for Agenda :
- scam it wt t&y
'/hM-hncj Oiian^-^
tib O-'bfb " cle S> kM.'fSnc, " & CJa * X ' /V- Cc^Jusit** <u
J /^L
iVoa^ ih~ *5 & ^Vet Hlag-Q )/' ^-t yhus^-o^ s?#n
J 4 a,-c vuu
PcpAjJ) !(" ^Ociij yVhXA.b<^ ~ 'Bi'^O^lQ^P $Jl$U4b^af>cFn
d-A Go. Ajfl- tUst-A^ )^<sf&-i<j St£<.*r*~/
j fjsQ. I 6^ s - ^2- £ 7. jd-Ct S shupjjtjnj " ^$C^LA_ O-uJ' 5<32T>%,
SCArWIT" AtcjLu+tJ Oof>^
&. bloob /^j I^oxj lyuttiji sht\ OpktoolM Z^VX-
Spt-LLujr*\ y^ptsUinru " P^mph&aU. ~t* <j_££S/
tx&i ')lo£$4bju S'C*
Ajtylu 5a cy / 5
^ in(2.(yiAj<iA' js\ d/SCuy-ff '<?>t_
ZfrVj 5/naL.bf <5yi5t aa(a itutA- /V "Sf^ ^jlA'^l^x-7
O&ftdd Jb IPP /7 • -Zs p^'i/xAfs ck- jU^fuAs^.' CoAk A/hyAoAztT 5f,
Get^c fhju^ bxou^kJ' ex. /? /hpkaju.ijt qa-es/ 5yse<u ahjla^^
tuJUcA JlWAJjfrrKJL i S A g»4s/ ■ -/J'i'i/Z fiJasAo^
'yh.aci^&xJ- Si^u
3peCjm£A. lycrr-n dtj fUAt 'e
" *-yt*c- '■rucss. vr- J j *"
A Ucjhjsru/VL 5 y , SjU Aa.nJocA' cm 5hus},s>^ yAllcv^
ot&is-AA ^A-t aLnSicj djSCAty^errj- Coa^U/ii£p
sbQL
opj-Ar/uyi 5 ^Atr^ ft. ' Apipkaaot a<Js_
y\ob 0 !ma(Aj | yiap/MoSjt- -ct-ppt&s- A iu •SsnaoA’Aj
^l^jAlJUUd^j ft. f-Cyr>&-^
hfia/noJAeUi Abyttj&t-' AAa.fi autAjOL^y ^ ■•-■>.—
ybsJLu <Satjp ’tkeut f-h /S noA uodo7n/»o>^- JAj ju^/uA^ /&
ALmj scyi a &A •sAjAc.AiA 5-t-oJtL. AAsAw b->ouJi{J caJtA // /< OiAL'Af^p^o.
iluLffi* *?. i -
fnvdJooUojdl ^ Yhajsf'ds sy- Jocr* Pa
LfitoSPpV of So -/Itycnbs //■
finely merle
f-
I d'iy
IAH 0Ji<f75
/
darker Aa.4 areu r*J &.jtde.
2
£ n< r
//^ i^/ #*Mk
<zre*,d &,-.-k’t> t -:r 4t-
O
5WW +^4 ^ ^
C^CJLrV^ijJ 5faJi,^ a „X
if As cd a. da p^tfc l/v 50
£|?|«aV5»- % W
IAa/ i Alt iAs. p*-OJ Is Co-
d&AertolkzJ yuc^uiQicu , '
So-t^s -tJ\n Ati < tuda-if / 5 ■&&‘-ioitsrf ous <sv_ t^d/tC
ftA-faH ,A i/dbvh &LLAsM dffnU Jk{L<AC .
iiain^ PtW-bfnMt^ t'k' do ^ t V L
fhdmJM >r u.j Mja- "fhOidatru tLi P&d -fb •Sxdt gjus *? z??^
&lJy>). k±L£*j 0^ccyn^>
/\nn DaMkttj J&s &- jk<&buxfi b-<j she iddlj Ojt Ol^J
Pi. Lofrff- Jb&cJy. A?t*f &J!jLtd dAuM jH. yu<p<*-$b*~
yyiaj ij Imj'ft ( SMm.S ~ko Aa.'f-i o- IamcAji yasua-A/
£ Aio pu -fa-ki/\Cj -^pL'p&icCjL )h%A.m£>MM c£‘
A)&i\ihjLPtLLeM ~ Cc~r>pu^r^AcJ i>y <p\nu^o
Sidaottsjii.
dt<^bu. a'SiAAtu/-/
pafjlJa- 6 Imm 5 ry>ot>l<- kesitAed (Uas u (AiJlfjhfWf < 1 Ft^o< d&Jid
id/d hxrl'K &r~- AAjpd tz6(la-pu*.J
Q-lftJ. jxddi /Io J>CLfh $$o^{-lar^ 0-n pAAl-<di*J)iM- -5ptfhud
PisAaj dicL Pdrd SffMu Ct rd &hotAM<d UaU add’
bQ.PrWiT''i> 5ubadtj te Sp, A Adv'adcl p^pMj P OtfJktp
iScd&dojti ynj,t' (LiLruK^ LcCam^ul. dAe/u. Madd^ CUu. Ad '
sULftOC^
L£l£o$Af\) ~ 'yhu,y*ioHt-<w. af. dTfo "C C( ^ s/p-
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
January, 1994 Vol. 12, No. 9
NEXT MEETING:
Cumaceans
GUEST SPEAKER:
Dr. Les Watling, Darling Marine Sciences
Center, Maine
DATE:
February 28,1994
TIME:
9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION:
City of San Diego Marine Biology Laboratory,
San Diego, CA (map is included)
FEBRUARY 28
The meeting in February will be on Cumaceans
from the MMS Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic
Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and Western
Santa Barbara Channel. Please bring any
Cumaceans you need to have identified or
confirmed. The workshop will be lead by Dr. Les
Watling of Darling Marine Center and will be
held at the City of San Diego's Marine Biology
Laboratory, San Diego, CA.
Campylaspis canaliculate: California Crustacea of the Order
Cumacea, (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. Vol 83, #2992,1936)
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes.
January, 1994
Vol. 12, No. 9
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON
JANUARY 10
Ron Velarde announced that the Taxonomic Atlas
of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and
Western Santa Barbara Channel Volume 1-
Introduction, Benthic Ecology, Oceanography,
Platyhelminthes, and Nemertea has been finished
and is available for $29 plus tax and shipping.
Paul Scott of the Santa Barbara Museum of
Natural History will prepare a flyer for the
SCAMIT newsletter.
The Southern California Academy of Sciences
will be having their 1994 Annual Meeting, May
6-7 at the University of California, Irvine.
Included in this newsletter is the symposia and
abstract instructions.
The Fourth California Islands Symposium will
be on March 23-25,1994 in Santa Barbara, CA. A
photocopy of the registration form, along with
the tentative program, has been included in this
newsletter.
The X International Symposium on Marine
Biology will be in Ensenada, Baja California,
Mexico on June 13-17,1994. The symposium will
focus on topics related to: fisheries, marine
ecology and resource management. For further
information please contact:
Dr. Lon McClanaham
Southern Calif. Marine Institute
820 South Sea Ave.
Terminal Island, CA 90731 USA
An advanced course on Polychaete Autoecology:
Evolutionary Trends and Adaptive Significance
of Life History Traits is being offered at the
Benthic Ecology Laboratory, Ischia (Naples), Italy
from the 2-23 July, 1994. The course will be
organized to include formal lectures, laboratory
and field research training, individual and group
research projects. An application form is in this
newsletter.
Dr. Gordon Hendler of the Natural History
Museum of Los Angeles County is wondering if
anyone has any specimens of the shallow-water
brittle star, Ophioderma teres, from California or
elsewhere? The most northerly record is a
specimen collected off Corona Del Mar in 1950.
The more common Ophioderma species in
southern California is O. panamense, which has
banded arms. O. teres tends to be uniformly
colored, spotted, or decorated with thin loops of
dark pigmentation. Dr. Hendler would be
grateful for the opportunity to study specimens
that are, or might be, O. teres. His address is:
Natural liistory Museum of Los
Angeles County
Invertebrate Zoology Section
900 Exposition Boulevard
Los Angeles, California 90007
Tel. (213) 744-6391 FAX (213) 746-2999
Included in this newsletter is a notice of transfer
of the Allan Hancock Foundation polychaete
collection and the winter 1994 schedule of
research seminars at the Natural liistory Museum
of Los Angeles County.
Nominations for 1994-95 SCAMIT officers were
taken at the last meeting. The following names
were entered for nomination:
2
January, 1994
Vol. 12, No. 9
Ron Velarde - President
Don Cadien - Vice President
Cheryl Brantley - Secretary
Ann Dalkey - Treasurer
Short biographies of all the nominees along with
a ballot have been included with the newsletter.
Ballots are due by March 31. They can be either
mailed to Larry Lovell or bring them to the
February or March meeting. See ballot for the
mailing address.
The rest of the meeting was spent examining
polychaetes. The following species were
examined and no problems with identification
were noted. They were Harmothoe fragilis (Moore,
1910), Lepidasthenia berkeleyae Pettibone, 1948, and
Terebellides sp. Type C Williams, 1984. Additional
specimens were presented and the following
problems were noted. Ampharete sp. was a
juvenile specimen originally identified as A.gossi
which probably does not occur in our area; Gene
Ruff showed a specimen from Alaska. Praxillella
pacifica was an anterior fragment originally
identified as Euclymeninae as the staining pattern
did not match any species; restained and the
pattern showed it was P. pacifica and that the
staining process needs to be done with
concentrated stain and for a long enough period
of time. There were several specimens of
Terebellides califomica with long stalked branchia;
length of stalk is variable. Also several specimens
of Ampharetidae did not match any known
species; 15 thoracic setigers, 12 uncinigers, small
paleae, 4 pairs of branchia and dark nuchal organs.
Malmgreniella sp., which was originally identified
as Harmothoe nigralba will be discussed in more
detail at the April SCAMIT meeting on scale
worms by Gene Ruff. Finally, the type of Subadyte
mexicana Fauchald, 1972 was examined by Gene
Ruff and Leslie Harris and compared to Subadyte
sp. A. They concluded that they are synonymous.
FUTURE MEETINGS
The meeting on March 14 will be in Santa Barbara,
CA. which will be lead by Paul Scott and Hank
Chaney of the Santa Barbara Natural History
Museum (map is included). Paul will be
discussing Parvilucina, Cyclopecten and any
problem bivalves. Hank will cover Bittium and
Eulimidae. They would prefer if you could send
them specimens of the target taxa ahead of time,
if not, bring them to the meeting. Paul has
arranged for motel accomodations. A special
rate has been provided at:
Colonial Inn
206 Castillio St.
Santa Barbara, CA 93103
(805) 963-4317
The April 11 meeting will be on Polynoidae. The
workshop will be lead by Gene Ruff and will be
held at the City of San Diego's Marine Biology
Lab in Point Loma.
The meeting on May 9 will be on Biological
Illustrations with Dr. Jodi Martin leading the
workshop. It will be held in the Times Mirror
Room at the Los Angeles Natural History
Museum, Los Angeles, CA.
FEBRUARY NEWSLETTER
Please note that because of the short period of
time (two weeks), the February newsletter will
be included in the March edition. The next
newsletter will be arriving in early April.
January, 1994
Vol. 12, No. 9
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
4
CITY OF SAN DIEGO S MARINE BIOLOGY LABORATORY
Santa Barbara, CA
(805) 682-4711
i
l
1 )
2 )
3)
4)
Directions from the south to the Santa Barbara Museum
Proceed north on US 101 to Santa Barbara, turn right at the first signal
(Santa Barbara St.).
Proceed up Santa Barbara St. about 3 miles, turn right on Los Olivos.
Go past the Mission, bear left at the M Y", proceed about half a mile.
Turn left on Las Encinas, turn left on Puesta del Sol, turn right into
Museum parking lot.
5) Invertebrate Zoology is on the west side of the new Collection and Research
Center (past the whale, west side of parking lot).
BALLOT FOR SCAMIT OFFICERS 1994-95
Vote for one (1) nominee for each office. Please mail or return
completed ballot to Larry Lovell by March 31, 1994. You may return
it to the Secretary or other attending officer at the March 14
meeting. The address to mail it to is:
Larry Lovell
1036 Buena Vista Dr.
Vista, CA 92083
President - The president presides at all meetings and represents
SCAMIT in external business affairs.
_ Ron Velarde
_ Write-in:_
Vice-President - The Vice-President chairs ad hoc committees,
supervises the specimen exchange, tabulates
election ballots, edits the newsletter, and fills
in for the President as necessary.
_ Don Cadien
_ Wrrte-in:__
Secretary - The Secretary keeps minutes of the meetings, is
responsible for the newsletter, and preparation of the
ballots.
_ Cheryl Brantley
_ Write-in:_
Treasurer - The Treasurer collects dues, makes disbursements, keeps
financial records, and makes an annual statement of the
financial status of SCAMIT.
_ Ann Dalkey
_ Write-in:_
1994-95 SCAMIT Meeting Topics - Please suggest any topics you deem
worthy of a SCAMIT meeting.
CANDIDATE BIOGRAPHIES
PRESIDENT
Ron Velarde
Ron is the current President of SCAMIT and a past Vice-
President; he has been a Marine Biologist with the City of San
Diego since 1983 and currently is the supervisor of Benthic
Taxonomy for the Ocean Monitoring Program. His taxonomic
interests include most groups, especially polychaetes and
nudibranch mollusks. He earned his B.S. degree in Marine
Biology from California State University, Long Beach, in 1976,
and did post-graduate research on the systematics and ecology
of autolytid polychaetes.
VICE-PRESIDENT
Don Cadien
Charter member of SCAMIT, Member-at-large of the SCAMIT
Executive Committee. Studied invertebrate taxonomy and
biology at California State University, Long Beach, under Dr.
D. J. Reish. Worked at Cabrillo Marine Museum, then at the
L.A. County Museum of Natural History under Dr. J. H. McLean
in Malacology. Spent 15 years at M.B.C. Applied Environmental
Sciences as a taxonomist and later also Project Manager,
leaving in 1989 as a Senior Marine Biologist to join the L.A.
County Sanitation Districts' Marine Biology Lab. Specialties
in taxonomy and biology of mollusks (particularly nudibranchs)
and peracarid crustaceans. Currently a Research Associate in
the Crustacea Section of the L.A. County Museum of Natural
History.
SECRETARY
Cheryl Brantley
Cheryl Brantley (nee Musselwhite) is a marine biologist for
the County Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County. She
has worked for the Districts since graduation with her B.A.
degree in Aquatic Biology from the University of California,
Santa Barbara in 1985. As a taxonomist in the Districts'
Marine Biology Laboratory, Cheryl has specialized in
polychaetes with emphasis on the Spionida, Eunicida and the
Aphroditiformia.
TREASURER
Ann Dalfcey
Ann is presently the Treasurer for SCAMIT and has held this
position since SCAMIT was founded. Ann is a member of the
water biology staff at the Hyperion Treatment Plant where she
specializes in the identification of polychaetes and amphipod
crustaceans. Prior to working at Hyperion, Ann was a member
of the laboratory staff at the County Sanitation Districts of
Orange County. She worked there for nearly 10 years, reaching
a position of senior laboratory and research analyst. She
received her B.S. from California State University Long Beach
in Marine Biology in 1974 and her M.S. from the same
university in 1982. Her thesis research pertained to
polychaete bioassay.
TENTATIVE PROGRAM 23-25 MARCH 1994
NOTE: Please cheek daily the bulletin board near the registration desk in front of
Fleischmann Auditorium for additional information.
REGISTRATION FORM
FOURTH CALIFORNIA ISLANDS SYMPOSIUM
23-25 MARCH 1994
SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA
“Name: _
“Institution:
Address:_
Telephone ( ) _ ( )_
business home
“Indicate exact wording desired on meeting badge.
Preregistration (before 23 February 1994) $50.00_
Includes published proceedings
On-site Registration $65.00_
Includes published proceedings
One-day:_Wed ___ Thu_Fri $20.00_
Does not include the published proceedings.
Please complete a separate form for each person planning to attend the met.
ing. Enclose check or money order made payable to the Santa Barba i
Museum of Natural History.
Fourth California Islands Symposium
Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History
2559 Puesta del Sol Road
Santa Barbara, CA 93105
Tear out and mail to:
CABRILLO
• A MARINE
?/ AQUARIUM
I o s a n g e I e s
FRIENDS OF CABRILLO MARINE AQUARIUM
3720 Stephen White Drive • San Pedro, California 90731
Phone 310/548-7563 • Fax 310/548-2649
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
CONTACT: BARBARA TRANSUE
(213)661-4032
STEVE VOGEL
(310)-548-7563
This winter, as Norway hosts the world’s athletes at the Olympics, ocean animals also will
practice athletic skills unequaled by humans; speed, power, agility and endurance are displayed
by many species in their constant struggle for survival in the ocean realm. On January 11,1994,
Cabrillo Marine Aquarium brings back its popular "Aquatic Athletes" exhibit highlighting the
olympian efforts sometimes demanded of ocean inhabitants.
CM A is open Tuesdays through Fridays from 12 noon to 5 pm and weekends from 10 am
to 5 pm. There is no admission charge, but beach parking cost is $4.50 per car on weekdays
and $5.50 on weekends from December 1 to February 28 (winter rate); some street parking is
available nearby. For further information call 310/548-7562.
Cabrillo Marine Aquarium is located at 3720 Stephen White Drive, San Pedro, and is a
facility of the City of Los Angeles Department of Recreation and Parks.
####
STAZIONE ZOOLOGICA
'Anton Dohm’
0
Polychaete autoecology:
evolutionary trends and adaptive
significance of life history traits
Reproductive biology, life history and
feeding ecology of Polychaete worms
For further information and application forms, please contact:
International Service Meeting, via Luigi Mazzella, 36
80077 Ischia (Napoli, Italy). Tel.: +39 81 983190 - 992813
Fax: +39 81 982281
or
Maria Cristina Gambi, Laboratorio di Ecologia del Benthos,
punta S. Pietro, 80077 Ischia (Napoli, Italy).
Tel.: +39 81 991410 - 5833305; Fax: +39 81 984201
STAZIONE ZOOLOGICA
'Anton Dohm'
I
0
Polychaete autoecology:
evolutionary trends and adaptive
significance of life history traits
Reproductive biology, life history and
feeding ecology of Polychaete worms
Life cycle of Syllis prolijira Krohn
2-23 July 1994
Benthic Ecology Laboratory
Ischia (Bay of Naples), Italy
Polychaete autoecology: evolutionary trends and adaptive significance of life history traits
2-23 July 1994. Benthic Ecology Laboratory, Ischia (Bay of Naples, Italy)
APPLICATION FORM ^
Name.
Work address.
Work tel. Work fax.
Home address. Tel..
Education current level
Degrees with years..
Type of participation: Student Auditor please tick where appropriate
Diving certification: (yes) (no) please tick where appropriate
Date. Signature .
Please send this form by 30 March 1994, together with CV, list of publications and a brief statement of your reasons for attending the course, to:
Maria Cristina Gambi - Laboratorio di Ecologia del Benthos, punta S. Pietro, 80077 Ischia (Napoli, Italy) - Tel. +39 81 991410 -
5833305; Fax + 39 81 984201
Taxonomic Atlas
of the Benthic Fauna of the
Santa Maria Basin and
Western Santa Barbara Channel
Volume 1 - Introduction, Benthic Ecology, Oceanography,
Platyheiminthes, and Nemertea
SANTA BARBARA MUSEUM OF
NATURAL HISTORY
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
1994 Annual Meeting
May 6-7
University of California, Irvine
Call for papers -- PROFESSIONAL and STUDENT -- in all disciplines of the natural and social
sciences. Graduate or Undergraduate students are eligible for Best Paper Awards. Co-authored
papers are eligible, as long as they are the work of the student(s) presenting.
Symposia being planned include: The Impact of Changes in Federal Science Policy on Southern
California; Restoration of Wildlands After Fires; Wetlands Restoration; Earthquakes in Southern
California; The Effects of Science Policy on Women.
Abstracts are due March 1, 1994
Send abstract to: Program Chair
Southern California Academy of Sciences
900 Exposition Boulevard
Los Angeles, California 90007
Telephone: 213/744-3384
Please see other side for format and instructions -- and be sure to send with your abstract the
requested 3 x 5 file card, giving the full name of the presenter, affiliation, title of your paper, and
section preferred. Be sure to indicate whether this is a student or professional presentation. This
information is vital to plan the sessions and assure a place for your presentation.
Abstract Instructions
Abstracts will appear exactly as submitted. Consequently, they must be cleanly typed and correct in
format. Abstracts which fail to conform to the guidelines or are mailed after the deadline will not
appear in the symposium program.
Abstracts must be typed and submitted on an 8 V 2 " x 11" sheet. It will be reproduced at 100% of
original size, therefore use type that is no smaller than 10 point/12 pitch. If using a word processor,
a laser printed copy is preferred. If using a typewriter, type must be clean, so use an electric
typewriter with clean keys and a relatively new black or carbon ribbon. Do not erase.
Arrange abstract as follows in a space 6 " wide x 4" high (see example below). Do not show the
enclosing box.
1. TITLE must be all capital letters. Do not italicize, except species names.
2. Underline author(s) name(s), listing the presenter first.
3. List the institution and department for each author.
4. On the next line, begin text with 5 space paragraph indentation. Single space text.
5. List acknowledgements within parentheses following text.
With your abstract submit on a 3" x 5^ index card the following:
1 . Full name of presenter, affiliation, mailing address and telephone number (with area code).
2. Indicate student or professional.
3. Title of your paper.
4. The subject field in which you wish to present.
Abstract and card are due MARCH 1, 1994 to:
Program Chair
Southern California Academy of Sciences
900 Exposition Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90007
Sample Abstract
6 ”
MICROBIAL ACTIVITY IN THE DIGESTIVE TRACT OF THE HALFMOON,
Medialuna califomiensis . J.S. Kandel 1 . J.R. Paterek 2 and M.H. Horn 1 . Califor¬
nia State Univ. Fullerton, CA 92634 and 2 Agouron Institute, La Jolla, CA 92037.
4"
We report the presence of a diverse microbial flora and of microbial fermenta¬
tion products in the hindgut region of the halfmoon, Medialuna calif omiensis, a
seaweed-eating fish from southern California coastal waters. Viable aerobic and
anaerobic bacteria were found in all sections of the gut, but were of highest
concentration (lOMc^/ml) in the hindgut. Microscopy revealed vibrios, spirilla,
rod-shaped bacteria and flagellated protozoa in the midgut and hindgut, but
primarily vibrios and rods in the stomach and foregut. Acetic, isobutyric and
butyric acids, the volatile products of microbial breakdown of carbohydrates, were
found only in the hindgut, as was ethanol, a nonvolatile product. These results
provide the first evidence for microbial fermentation and its possible contribution
to the energy supply in a north-temperate herbivorous fish.
▼
NOTICE
Transfer of allan Hancock foundation polychaete collection
In 1988, the University of Southern California donated the Allan Hancock Foundation (Ahf)
polychaete collection to the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County (Lacm). Subsequently,
the Lacm hired Leslie H. Harris (collections manager) and Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh (curator) to care for
the collection, now referred to as the Lacm-ahf Polychaete Collection. The physical transfer
of the collection to the Lacm, however, only began in February 1994. The collection will be housed
in the LACM in an environmentally-controlled room, specifically designed for this collection, allowing
for ample growth into the future.
The LACM-AHF polychaete collection consists of an estimated 90,000 lots, including over 1,600 type
lots. The collection is the second largest of its kind in the United States, and includes the most
extensive assemblage of eastern Pacific polychaetes in the world, yet is world-wide in its holdings.
An active program of computerizing collection data is underway, and we anticipate publication of a
type catalog in the near future. Consistent with its rich history, the collection continues to receive
very extensive use by specialists.
During transfer of the collection, specimens will continue to be available for loan. We strongly
encourage colleagues to continue utilization of, and depositing specimens into the collection.
Similarly, we invite visits to the museum - the polychaete lab offers excellent research space and
facilities. For further information on any aspect of the collection, please contact either Leslie H.
Harris or Kirk Fitzhugh at:
Invertebrates Section
Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County
900 Exposition Boulevard
Los Angeles, California 90007 USA
R€S€flftCH SEMINARS ^
in History and Earth and Life Sciences
«■ PLEASE POST/CIRCULATE «
WINTER 1994 SCHEDULE: January - March
TIMES MIRROR CONFERENCE ROOM
Seminar 3:00 - Coffee / Refreshments 2:45
6 January
Don Prothero - Occidental College, Los Angeles
BIOTIC RESPONSE TO THE EO CENE-OLIGO CENE CLIMATIC CRASH
13 January
— No Seminar —
20 January
Kathy Dickson - California State University, Fullerton
THE MINIMUM SIZE FOR ENDOTHERMY IN TUNA FISH
27 January
Leonard Muscatine - University of California, Los Angeles
CORAL BLEACHING: A CELL BIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE
3 February
Ron Kaufman - Scnpps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla
THE INFLUENCE OF SEASONAL PACK ICE ON THE DISTRIBUTION
AND ABUNDANCE OF EPEPELAGIC FAUNA IN THE NORTHWEST
WEDDELL SEA, ANTARCTICA
10 February
Dan Larson - University of California, Long Beach
RISK MINIMIZATION THEORY AND CULTURAL EVOLUTION AMONG
THE ANASAZI
17 February
Eric Swann - University of California, Berkeley
EVOLUTION OF BASEDIOMY CETES FUNGI: PHYLOGENETIC
ANALYSIS OF THE 18S rRNA GENE
24 February
Kathleen A. Campbell - University of Southern California, Los Angeles
PALEOECOLOGY OF FOSSIL COLD SEEPS, WESTERN NORTH
AMERICA
3 March
Greg Stanford - University of Southern California, Los Angeles
PREDATOR-PREY ECOLOGY OF CHIMPANZEES AND COLOBUS
MONKEYS
10 March
Gary Pettit - Invertebrates Section, LACMNH
SYSTEMATICS AND ECOLOGY OF CAPRELLED AMPHIPOD
CRUSTACEANS FROM HYDROTHERMAL VENTS
17 March
Bob Wayne - University of California, Los Angeles
POPULATION STRUCTURE AND HYBRIDIZATION OF WOLF-LIKE
CANIDS REVEALED BY ANALYSIS OF HYPER VARIABLE NUCLEAR
LOCI
- ALL INTERESTED PERSONS ARE INVITED TO ATTEND -
— Free admittance through stajjentrance —
Seminar suggestions/questions should be directed to Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh, Invertebrates Section (213-744-3233)
X International Symposium on Marine Biology
Facultad de Ciencias Marinas - Universidad Autdnoma de Baja California
Ensenada, Baja California, Mexico. June 13 - 17, 1994.
Registration form
Name (surname, first, middle)_
Institution_
Address_ Zip code _
Telephone_ Fax_ Presentation: Oral_Poster
Title_
Registration fee: Faculty_Student_
Send registration fee to M.C. Roberto Milten-Nuhez, Apartado postal 453, Ensenada, Baja California, Mexico.The registration fee includes
the "icebreaker", Mexican party and transportation between Corona Hotel and the university campus.
X Simposium
International de
X International
Symposium on
Fecha limit© para entrega de
Biologi'a
Marine
resumenes: 31 de Marzo de 1994
Marina
Biology
Abstracts must be received by March
13-17 deJunio 1994
June 13-17, 1994
31, 1994
Ensenada, Baja California, Mexico
Ensenada, Baja California, Mexico
Forma para presentacion de resumen / Abstract form
X Simposium Internacional de Biologi'a Marina
1. Los resumenes deben presentarse en
espahol o ingles. El resumen completo,
dentro del rectangulo azul, debe induir
titulo.nombres de los autores y direcaones.
Este resumen se presentara tal como sea
ervtado En los articulos o carteles de varios
autores, subraye d nombre del autor que
hara la presentacion.
2 . Use letra tamafio doce, con espacio
sendllo entre llneas y tres espacios de sangria
en los parrafos.
3 . Por favor, haga d resumen lo mas
informativo y representative de su articulo
que sea posible.
4 . Para los estudiantes^desean partidpar en
d premio a la mejor ponenda estudiantil?
SI_No_.
5 . Para presentadones, solo se dispondra de
proyector de transparenaas de 35mm y
proyector de acetatos.
1. /*JI abstracts must be in English or
The entire abstract induding title, authors'
names, addresses and text must fit within the
blue rectangle. Your abstract will be reported
as you submit it. For papers or posters with
multiple authors, underline name of
presenting author.
2 . Use 12-pitch type and single spadng
between lines. Indent paragraphs three
spaces.
3 . Please make the abstract as informative
and representative of your paper as possible.
4 . For students: do you wish to participate in
the award to the best students presentation?
Yes_No_.
5. There is no special projection equipment
available other than a 35mm slide projector
and overhead projector.
Por favor, marque abajo la sesion que
considere mas adecuada para su tema. Su
articulo o cartel se agrupara con otros del
mismo campo, si es posible.
Please mark your choice of a session most
suitable for your subject below. Your paper or
poster will be grouped with related papers
where scheduling permits.
□ Pesquerias
Fisheries
□ Ecologia marina
Marine ecology
□ Manejo de recursos
Resource management
CALIFORNIA STATE POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY, POMONA
^ Career Director- Center for
Opportunity for the position of: Regenerative Studies
California State Polytechnic. University, Pomona, invites applications and nominations for the position of
Director of the Center for Regenerative Studies. Cal Poly Pomona, a public university founded in 1938, is noted
for its scenic and historic1,400-acre campus, once the winter ranch of cereal magnate W. K Kellogg. Thecampus
is located 25 miles east of downtown Los Angeles in the Inland Valley, one of the fastest growing regions in the
country. Cal Poly Pomona's 17,050 students (13,400 FEE'S and 58% ethnic minorities) are enrolled in 55
baccalaureate and 16 master's degree programs with approximately 900 full-time and part-time faculty. The
university is committed to diversifying its faculty and staff, and has made educational equity one of its highest
priorities.
The Center for Regenerative Studies
The Director will lead the university’s new Center for Regenerative Studies, an interdisciplinary university-
based setting for education, demonstration and research in regenerative practices and technologies, located on
a 16-acre site on the Cal Poly campus. A $4 million facility has just been completed housing 20 students with
a phased construction plan for the remaining 60 students. Its focal point is a community of 80 students who
practice the collective means of using solar energy, reusing water, growing a variety of foods without pesticides
or chemical fertilizers, reducing *their waste stream and living within shelter compatible with existing
environments, as an integral part of their daily lives. These students live in a village that includes housing as
well as common rooms, seminar and meeting rooms, a kitchen and common dining room, classrooms, a
laboratory> office space and accommodations for faculty and visiting scholars.
The common goal of educational and research efforts is life-support practices and systems that model the self-
renewing ways of natural ecosystems. Faculty from the university's College of Agriculture, Engineering,
Environmental Design, and Science have been involved in the development of the curriculum of the Center and
its facility. Courses and research facilities will be open to students, and faculty members from all disciplines.
researchers.
The Position
The Center for Regenerative Studies is currently placed in the Collegeof Environmental Design and in thefutiire
will become independent of disciplinary structure. The Director of the Center for Regenerative Studies
currently reports to the Deanof the Collegeof Environmental Design, and is charged with providing innovative
leadership, vision and direction for the undergraduate and graduate academicprograms, the physical facilities
and their operation, and the continued support of the Center through advancement and proposal-writing
activities. The Director is expected to work collegially and consultatively with an interdisciplinary faculty
committee in advancing the goals of the Center. The Director will also work with students, university officials
and corporate and community leaders in establishing the Center as an international leader in the study and
) application of regenerative technologies.
Director - Center for Regenerative Studies
Page 2
The position of Director is a twelve-month administrative position and will startnolater than September1,1994.
Depending upon qualifications and appropriate campus consultative procedures, the successful candidate
may be awarded teaching return rights in an appropriate academic department.
Qualifications
The successful candidate must demonstrate a desire and proven ability to work in an interdisciplinary
environment and be committed to a collegial and consultative form of dedsion-making involving the faculty
team, students and staff. Because the Center is an academic program, candidates must have an established
Candidates should also possess administrative experience, preferably in an academic setting including the
management of budgets, personnel and academic programs. Successful fund raising and proposal writing is
particularly important. The candidate should possess a Ph.D. or an appropriate terminal degree
Other desirable characteristics include experience working with a residential student/faculty program;
experience working with academic program development activities; research for or participation in other
tal organizations; experience in private industry.
ie #
Compensation
Compensation is dependent upon the qualifications and experience of the successful candidate. The position
includes a very attractive benefits package.
Application
The search committee will begin reviewing applications on February 14,1994 and will continue until the
position is filled. A complete application will include the University's Application for Academic Employment,
a letter of interest which addresses the qualifications described in this announcement, a curriculum vita that
includes atjeast thoseelements specified on the application form, and thenames, titles, addresses and telephone
numbers of at least five colleagues who can provide current assessments of the candidates professional
experience. Finalists should request application materials from:
Dr. William Stine, Chair, QRS Director, Search Committee
California State Polytechnic University, Pomona.
3801W. Temple Avenue
Pomona, CA 91768-4062
(909) 869-2597 FAX: (909) 869-4370
e-Mail: WBSTtNE@CSUPOMONA.EDU
California State Polytechnic University, Pomona
is an Equal Opportunity, Affirmative Action Employer.
Women and minorities are strongly encouraged to apply.
The university hires only individuals lawfully authorized to work in the United States.
°Os • |sA ^
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
March, 1994 Vol. 12, No. 10 & 11
NEXT MEETING:
Polynoidae
GUEST SPEAKER:
Eugene Ruff, Ruff Systematics, Solana Beach,
DATE:
April 11,1994
TIME:
9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION:
City of San Diego Marine Biology Laboratory,
San Diego, CA (map is included;
APRIL 11
The meeting in April will be on Poly noidae from
the MMS Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna
of the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa
Barbara Channel. Please bring any specimens
you need to have identified. The workshop will
be lead by Gene Ruff and will be held at the City
of San Diego's Marine Biology Laboratory, San
Diego, CA.
Harmothoe imbricata: Light's Manual Third Edition; edited by
Ralph I. Smith and James T. Carlton
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes.
March, 1994
Vol. 12, No. 10 &11
MINUTES FROM MEETINGS ON
FEBRUARY 28 & MARCH 14
The Southern California Academy of Sciences
will be having their 1994 Annual Meeting, May
6-7 at the University of California, Irvine.
The X International Symposium on Marine
Biology will be in Ensenada, Baja California,
Mexico on June 13-17,1994. The symposium will
focus on topics related to: fisheries, marine
ecology and resource management. Included in
this newsletter is a letter from Dr. D. Reish and a
copy of the registration form.
The Fifth International Polychaete Conference
will be held at Qingdao, China in July 2-7,1995.
Information and a reply form have been included
in this newsletter.
The Western Society of Malocologist meeting
will be in June 26-30,1994 at the Santa Barbara
Museum of Natural History (SBMNH).
Larry Lovell suggested that Dr. Kirk Fitzhugh
might need help moving the Allan Hancock
Foundation polychaete collection to the Los
Angeles County Museum of Natural History.
Larry is thinking about organizing a Saturday
SCAMIT moving party.
Preliminary results indicate that the slate of
officers on the ballot will be elected to their
positions for the upcoming year. They will
assume their duties at the May meeting.
Don Cadien informed attending members that
the Third California Island Symposium
publication is available. If anyone is interested in
a copy please contact the SBMNH. He also
proposed for the upcoming EMAP project that
there be information exchange and problem
solving meetings for species encountered during
this project. Don suggested meeting more than
once a month to maximize the information
interchange.
Two new publications were announced at the
meeting:
Watling, L. 1991. Revision of the Cumacean
Family Leuconidae. Journal of Crustacean
Biology, 11(4): 569-582.
Kuck, H. G. and J. W. Martin. 1994. Redescription,
Description for the Male, and New
Distribution Records for the Homolid Crab
Paromolafaxoni (Schmitt) in the Eastern Pacific
Ocean. Journal of Crustacean Biology, 14(1):
177-187.
Ron Velarde announced that the Master Species
List is complete and everyone who is a SCAMIT
member will receive a copy. The list will be
updated on a yearly basis and non-members can
receive a copy by contacting Ann Dalkey at:
Hyperion Treatment Plant
12000 Vista del Mar
Playa del Rey, CA 90293
tel. (310) 648-5611
2
March, 1994
Vol. 12, No. 10 & 11
CUMACEAN WORKSHOP
FEBRUARY 28
Les Watling started the meeting by announcing
that the final draft of the Cumaceans from the
MMS Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of
the Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara
Channel is due to Jim Blake by the end of March.
The rough draft is available to SCAMIT members.
If anyone would like a copy contact Diane
O'Donohue at City of San Diego, Marine Biology
Lab MS-45 A, 4077 N. Harbor Drive, San Diego,
CA 92101 tel. (619) 692-4901. Most of the
specimens were from deeper water and Les has
been using scanning Electron Microscopy to
photograph sections of specimens along with
whole mounts. He has been successful with the
larger more robust, i.e. calcified, animals. The
more fragile animals had a tendency to collapse
or peel during the prep. Les is looking for more
suitable prep agents. On the following page is a
list of names currently used by SCAMIT and
appropriate manuscriptnames (note: these names
are still in prep.).
The only other foreseeable change is that
Hemilamprops californica Zimmer, 1936 has been
changed to H. californicus.
MOLLUSCA WORKSHOP
MARCH 14
Paul Scott started the meeting by discussing the
Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the
Santa Maria Basin and Western Santa Barbara
Channel. The standing order form for the atlas is
included in this newsletter and depending on the
production cost the price for each volume will
vary from $20 to $50. The first volume is out and
the second volume (sponges) will be available
sometime in May.
The morning was spent examining Parvilucina
and discussing Carole S. Hickman's article The
Genus Parvilucina in the Eastern Pacific: Making
Evolutionary Sense of a Chemosymbiotic Species
Complex from The Veliger, Jan. 3, 1994, vol.
37(1), 43-61. Paul presented information about P.
tenuisculpta Carpenter, 1864 vs P. approximata
(Dali, 1901). He suggested looking at a suite of
characters. P. tenuisculpta has shallow, narrow
lunules in both valves, beaks low and hinge line
slightly curved. Whereas, P. approximata has
moderate depth and widthlunules in both valves,
beaks prominent and hinge line strongly curved.
He will put something together for the next
newsletter and suggested that everybody take a
critical look at their Parvilucina's and see if there
are two different forms.
The afternoon was spent discussing the Family
Eulimidae. Included in this newsletter is a
handout entitled A Generic Revision of the Family
Eulimidae (Gastropoda, Prosobranchia) by
Anders Waren. In the handout, the Genus
Strombiformis needs to be changed to Eulima. It
was also determined that Rhamphidonta sp. A
[Cadien, 1993] is R. santarosae (Dali, 1916).
FUTURE MEETINGS
The meeting on May 9 will be on Biological
Illustrations with Dr. Jodi Martin leading the
workshop. It will be held in the Times Mirror
Room at the Los Angeles Natural History
Museum, Los Angeles, CA.
The date and topic(s) for the June meeting have
yet to be determined.
3
March, 1994
Vol. 12, No. 10 &11
SCAMIT
Diastylis sp. A and D. sp. D (male)
Diastylis sp. B
Leptostylis sp. A
Leptostylis villosa
Leucon sp.H
Leucon sp. A
Epileucon sp. A
Campylaspis sp. P (male)
Campylaspis sp. E
Procampylaspissp . A
Cumella sp. A
Manuscript names
D. serratocostata Watling & McCann, n. sp.
D. santamariensis Watling & McCann, n. sp.
L. ca/vaWatling & McCann, n. sp.
L. abditis Watling & McCann, n. sp.
L. ( Diaphonoleucon ) declivis Watling & McCann, n. sp.
L. (Leucon) falcicosta Watling & McCann, n. sp.
Leucon ( Crymoleucon ) bishopi Bacescu, 1988
C. maculinodulosaWatling & McCann, ii. sp.
C. blakei Watling & McCann, n. sp.
P. caenosa Watling & McCann, n. sp.
C. ( Cumella) californica Watling & McCann, n. sp.
SCAMIT OFFICERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to
contact any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Larry Lovell
(619)945-1608
Secretary
Diane O'Donohue
(619)692-4901
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
4
CITY OF SAN DIEGO’S MARINE BIOLOGY LABORATORY
DLO
Taxonomic Atlas
of the Benthic Fauna of the
Santa Maria Basin and
Western Santa Barbara Channel
Standing Order Form
Name _
Institution _
Mailing Address
Phone number and fax number
Email address_
I wish to have a standing order for the Taxonomic Atlas of the Santa Maria Basin and Santa
Barbara Channel published by the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History. I understand
volumes will be sent to me as they are produced, and I will receive a 10% discount off the list
price. All invoices will be paid within 30 days of receipt of the volume. If the publication is
deemed unsatisfactory, it may be returned at no cost.
Signature
Date
Please return to:
Paul Scott
Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History
2559 Puesta del Sol Road
Santa Barbara, CA 93105
fax 805-569-3170
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
(310) 985-4806
February 21, 1993
To: Marine Biologists
From: Donald J. Reish
Re: X International Marine Biology Symposium
The tenth International Marine Biology Symposium will be held in
Ensenada, Baja California, June 13-17, 1994. This symposium is
co-sponsored by the Universidad Autonoma de Baja California,
Universidad Autonoma de Baja California de Baja California Sur
Southern California Marine Institute [the new name for Oceans
Study Institute] . This symposium has been a very successful
association with the universities of Baja California. The
symposium will be held in the convention center of Ensenada which
was the former Hotel Riviera del Pacifico.
Abstracts are due March 31, 1994 to Lon McClanaham on Terminal
Island or they can be given to me. Lon and I will be going to
Ensenada to make the final arrangements after March 31.
Abstracts must be typed on a specific form which will then be
photocopied. Arrangements are being made to publish submitted
papers in Ciencas Marinas subject to peer review. I have a few
of the forms as well as hotel information. Additional forms are
available from Lon.
Funds have been made available to support five graduate students
to attend and present a paper or poster. Each student will
receive $200.00; they must have the written support of a faculty
member as well as presenting a paper or poster.
For further information consult Lon or me.
f
f
4
1250 Bellflower Boulevard, Long Beach, California 90840-3702
I
ENSENADA, B.C., DECEMBER 16, 1993.
J ~Z' f 4- 7 / : V' C£< / '<■ '
i k
CORONA
X INTERNATIONAL MARINE BIOLOGY SIMPCSIUM
Dear Congress Member:
The present is with the aim to send you a greating and let you
know about the services and rates that "HOTEL CORONA" offers you
as a head office of the Congress, that going to be the 13 thru
the 17 of June 1994.
The Corona Hotel has been built thinking in your safety and
comfort taken the most advance sistems of security, prevent any
catastrophy. The Hotel is located near to the see across from
the Convention Center (Riviera del Paclfico Ex-Hotel).
The Hotel have 93 rooms with the
- COMPLETED CARPETED
- PURIFIED DRINKING WATER
- POOL
- RESTAURANT
- PANORAMIC BALCONIES
- ELEVATORS
- GUARD
The four floors of the Hotel let
the City and Harbor of Ensenada.
RATES :
SINGLE ROOM 1 KING bed/1 Person $38 DLLS + TAX
DOUBLE ROOM 2 QUEEN beds/2 People $38 DLLS + TAX
TRIPLE ROOM 2 QUEEN beds/3 People $43 DLLS + TAX
We offer you a Welcome Party in a Pool Area from 8 to 10 P.M.
with typical drinks of our land. (Margaritas, Clamatos, Beers
& tequilas).
Also we provide you with our Restaurant Menu, wich contain
prices for Breakfast, Lunch & Dinner.
RESERVATIONS POLICY: Must be made two weeks prior arrival and
prepaid one weex before; in case of cancellation it must be
72 Hrs. prior arrival, if not one night of no show, will be
charge to your deposit or to the credit card that is holding
the reservation.
Thank you for thinking in us, its our commitment that our guest
have a pleasant stay.
following services:
- SAFE BOX
- AIR CONDITIONER/HEATING
- PHONE
- PRIVATE PARKING LOT
- SATELLITE T.V.
- LOBBY BAR/LIVE MUSIC/GAMES
ROOM
see and enjoy the best view of
.-v.i-j.wr
i :;t::
INTERNATIONAL
POLYCHAETE
CONFERENCE
2 -7 JULY, 1995
Dear Colleague.
You are cordially invited to participate in the Fifth International Polychaete Conference to be
held from 2-" July 1995 in Qingdao. China. The Fifth International Polychaete Conference
is sponsored by the International Polychaete Association (IPA) and the organizing committee
of the Fourth International Polychaete Conference and is hosted by Chinese Society of
Oceanography: Qingdao Association for Science and Technology: The Department of
Biology. The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology: and The Marine Ecology and
Polychaete Laboratory of the First Institute of Oceanography. State Oceanic Administration.
The conference will include plenary sessions, oral presentation of.research papers, and
display of the posters. In addition, field trips to various parts of the Yellow Sea will be
organized during the session.
\Ye welcome all polychaete experts who may like to present papers or posters, but we also
welcome non-experts who are friends of polychaetes and who may only want to come to meet
with world polychaete scholars and enjoy the surrounding of Qingdao. All participants are
regarded as formal delegates and share the privilege of all activities of the conference.
Qingdao is a lovely port city: it is surrounded by miles of beautiful coast and fishing villages:
the nearby Laoshan Mountain is a famous scenic resort. The first bathing beach at Huiquan
Cove is one of the best bathing beaches in China and is characterized by a gentle slope and
fine sand. The brand of Tsingdao Beer which is made with the Laoshan mineral water enjoys
a worldwide fame. Qingdao is also the major base of oceanographic research with about half
of all marine research institutions in China.
Attendees are urged to spend an extra week visiting the magnificent sights of China: The Great
Wall Forbidden City, the Summer Palace. Ming Tombs. Tiananmen Square etc. in Beijing; the
Museum of terra cotta Army of the Emperor Qin ShiHuang in Xian: the lovely West Lake in
Hangzhou; the beautiful mountains and waters in Guilin: and the beautiful port cities of
Haikou and Sanya of Hainan Island in the South China Sea.
Organizing Committee of
The Fifth International Polychaete Conference
CHAIRPERSON OF THE INTERNATIONAL
ASSOCIATION OF POLYCHAETES
Dr. Pat Hutchings
ORGANIZING COMMITTEE OF THE FIFTH
INTERNATIONAL POLYCHAETE CONFERENCE
Co-Convener:
Prof. B. L. Wu
- First Institute of Oceanography. SOA. China
Prof. F. S. Chia
- The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology.
Hong Kong
Secretary»General
Dr. P. Y. Qian
- The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology.
Hong Kong
ADVISORY COMMITTEE OF THE FIFTH INTER¬
NATIONAL POLYCHAETE CONFERENCE
Guan, H. S.
- President. Ocean University of Qingdao. PRC
Hutchings, Pat.
- Australian Museum, Sydney. Australia
Rung, Shain-dow
- Pro-vice-chancellor for Academic Affairs. The Hong
Kong University of Science and Technology. Hong
Kong
Reish, D.J.
- Department of Biology. California State University.
Long Beach. California. USA
Shi,J. S.
- Vice Chairman of the Standing Committee of Qingdao
Municipal People's Congress, PRC
Tseng, C. K.
- Honorary Director. Institute of Oceanography.
Academia Sinica. Qingdao. PRC
DEADLINES
July 1994
Second Circular will be sent only to those who have
requested it on the reply form included with the First
Circular.
1 December 1994
Booking for post-conference excursions
1 February 1995
Submission of abstracts
1 May 1995
Notification of acceptance for oral or poster presentation
2 July 1995
Submission of manuscripts for review and publication
REGISTRATION FEES
US$200 before 30 November 1994
US$250 after 01 December 1994
50% discount of the registration fee for students &
accompanying persons.
Registration fee includes all conference materials, proceeding
programme, reception, tea & coffee breaks, and mid¬
conference tours.
SYMPOSIUM VENUE
All conference sessions will be held in the Yi-Fu Academic
Hall at the Ocean University of Qingdao. The Academic Hall,
completed only a year ago. was furnished with the latest
conference facilities and funded with a generous donation
of Hong Kong Film enterpriser Yi-Fu Shaw.
CONFERENCE PROGRAMME
English will be the official language for the entire conference
and no translation facilities will be available. Details of
scientific program, registration and abstract forms will be
provided in the Second Circular.
Yan, H. M.
- Minister. State Oceanic Administration. PRC
ACCOMMODATION
Dormitories at modest rates at both the Ocean University of
Qingdao and the First Institute of Oceanography are available
for students and delegates. A variety of restaurants, major
hotels and shops are within walking distance to the Yi-Fu
Academic Hall.
Some close by Hotels:
Hui-Quan Hotel: USS 110/night
Huanghai Hotel: US$80/night
Badaguan Hotel: l : S$85/night
All hotel rooms are provided with two beds, telephones, TV
set and washrooms; and can be shared by two persons.
MID- AND POST-CONFERENCE EXCURSIONS
The following tours are being planned but subject to change.
The number of participants is limited. More detailed
information and post-conference tour cost will be given in
the Second Circular.
a. Mid-conference tours (no charges to delegates)
Two mid-conference tours will be organized. All will
take a whole day and lunch will be provided.
1. Laoshan Mountain (Beijiu Shui and Xiaqing Gong)
and city tour.
2. Polychaete collection around the local coast area
(intertidal zone, rocky shores and sand beaches).
b. Post-conference tours (Non-Scientific)
1. Qingdao - Shanghai - Hangzhou - Guilin. 8 days
2. Qingdao - Shanghai - Hangzhou - Shanghai. 5 days
3. Qingdao - Bejing. 3 days
4. Qingdao - Xian - Beijing. 3 days
3. Qingdao - Xiamen - Haikou - Sanya. 7 days
TRAVEL
There are several Domestic and International airlines
connected Qingdao directly to Beijing, Shanghai, Guilin,
Xian, Haikou. Sanya, Hong Kong, Seoul.
REPLY FORM AND SECOND CIRCULAR
To receive the second circular, you must complete the
enclosed reply form and returned it to the address indicated
on the Form as soon as possible. The Second Circular will
include abstract form for oral or poster presentation.
CONTACT PERSON
Prof. B. L. Wu
Marine Ecology and Polychaete Laboratory
First Institute of Oceanography, State Oceanic Administration
3A Hongdaozhi Road, Qingdao, People’s Republic of China
Tel. 86-0332-2866810
Fax. 86-0532-2879562
THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY OF
SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
FTO-ftPOfiS
FIFTH INTERNATIONAL POLYCHAETE CONFERENCE
2-7 JULY 1995
REPLY FORM
FAMILY NAME:_ GIVEN NAMES:
TITLE(DR/PROF/ETC):_
AFFILIATION:_
ADDRESS:_
TEL:
FAX:
E-MAIL:
(PLEASE CIRCLE AS APPROPRIATE)
1 I wish to attend the conference. Please send me more information when available
2 I wish to participate in the mid conference excursion
3 I wish to participate in the post-conference excursion .
4 I intend to submit a paper entitled_
for Oral presentation / poster display
5 I wish to stay in: Hui-Quan. Huanghai, or Badaguan Hotel (Check one)
6 I wish to stay in the dormitories
PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED FORM TO:
Prof. B. L.Wu
Marine Ecology and Polychaete Laboratory
First Institute of Oceanography,
State Oceanic Administration
3A Hongdaozhi Road, Qingdao
P. R. China
A GENERIC REVISION OF THE
FAMILY EULIMIDAE
(GASTROPODA, PROSOBRANCHIA)
ANDERS WARfiN
Department of Zoology, University of GOteborg
Box25059, S-40031 GOteborg, Sweden
SUPPLEMENT 13
THE JOURNAL OF MOLLUSCAN STUDIES
1983
DEFINITION OF THE FAMILY
EULIMIDAE
It is impossible to give a brief definition of a
group that is so variable and incompletely
known as the family Eulimidae. A family is a
unit based on a number of genera which are
more related to each other than to other genera
and every new genus tends to strain the limits. I
have therefore restricted myself to giving a
number of details partly shared by the genera
known to me. The alphabetical list of the genera
shows the variation of the family more
completely.
Shell. Usually present. Colourless or brownish
yellowish with brownish or yellowish markings.
Often there are one or several scars from earlier
positions of the outer lip (similar scars may also
be found in Aclididae and Rissoinidae). The
shape of the shell is most variable. Siphonal
canal absent.
Larva! shell . Brownish or colourless. In
species with planktotrophic development it
consists of 2.5-4 whorls and is rather slender.
There is no sculpture except in a few species
which have extremely faint axial lines. It does
not show any sinusigera characteristics.
Operculum. An operculum is present in all
species with a solid shell, but is often lacking in
species which are constantly attached to the host
and have an inflated or less solid shell.
Sometimes it has pegs, folds or other reinforce¬
ments.
Tentacles. Usually present. They are round,
flat, or are fused to form a fold. Sometimes they
are lacking. Eyes are usually present and
situated basally, under the skin in the centre of
each tentacle.
Radu/a. Present in Hemiliostraca, Niso, Euli -
mostraca, Eulima and some other genera.
Ptenoglossate.
Proboscis. Present in all except a few of the
nfost highly reduced endoparasites. Acrembolic.
Alimentary canal. Salivary glands present in
some species. Oesophagus usually passing
through the nerve ring anteroventrally in the
body cavity. Stomach present in Eulima, but
usually the oesophagus is gradually transformed
into the midgut gland. Rectum often present.
Pallial oviduct. Open.
Penis. Present except in the most highly
modified endoparasites. Seminal groove open.
Foot. Usually present, often with flaps which
may cover the base of the shell. Propodium
(mentum) well developed.
Way of life. Always parasitic, more or less
permanently attached to the host (with two
exceptions echinoderms), by the snout or
proboscis.
I have earlier used the name Eulimidae to
denote these gastropods without discussing
whether they should be regarded as a family or a
higher taxon. Previous authors have distingui¬
shed between a number of taxa, a list of which is
given below. These range from subfamily to
suborder. As I will show later, these groups can
all be derived from the basic eulimid organiza¬
tion shown by Eulima, Niso, and Melanella.
Therefore 1 have preferred to keep them in one
family, Eulimidae. I have not made any
attempts to divide Eulimidae into subfamilies.
Suprageneric names used for species here
included in Eulimidae.
Eulimidae H. & A. Adams, 1853
Styliferidae H. & A. Adams, 1853
Entoconchidae Gill, 1871
Parasita Fischer, 1883 (Suborder)
Cochlosolenia Voigt, 1888 (Suborder)
Cochlosyringia Voigt, 1888 (Suborder)
Melanellidae Dartsch, 1917
There is no sculpture except in a few species
which have extremely faint axial lines. It does
not show any sinusigera characteristics.
Operculum. An operculum is present in all
species with a solid shell, but is often lacking in
species which are constantly attached to the host
and have an inflated or less solid shell.
Sometimes it has pegs, folds or other reinforce¬
ments.
Tentacles. Usually present. They are round,
flat, or are fused to form a fold. Sometimes they
are lacking. Eyes are usually present and
situated basally, under the skin in the centre of
each tentacle.
Radula. Present in Hemiliostraca, Niso, Euli-
mostraca, Eulima and some other genera.
Ptenoglossate.
Proboscis. Present in all except a few of the
niost highly reduced endoparasites. Acrembolic.
Alimentary canal. Salivary glands present in
some species. Oesophagus usually passing
through the nerve ring anteroventrally in the
body cavity. Stomach present in Eulima, but
usually the oesophagus is gradually transformed
into the midgut gland. Rectum often present.
Pallial oviduct. Open.
Penis. Present except in the most highly
modified endoparasites. Seminal groove open.
Foot. Usually present, often with flaps which
may cover the base of the shell. Propodium
(mentum) well developed.
Way of life. Always parasitic, more or less
permanently attached to the host (with two
exceptions echinoderms), by the snout or
proboscis.
I have earlier used the name Eulimidae to
denote these gastropods without discussing
whether they should be regarded as a family or a
higher taxon. Previous authors have distingui¬
shed between a number of taxa, a list of which is
given below. These range from subfamily to
suborder. As I will show later, these groups can
all be derived from the basic eulimid organiza¬
tion shown by Eulima, Niso, and Melanella.
Therefore I have preferred to keep them in one
family, Eulimidae. 1 have not made any
attempts to divide Eulimidae into subfamilies.
Suprageneric names used for species here
included in Eulimidae.
Eulimidae H. & A. Adams, 1853
Styliferidae H. & A. Adams, 1853
Entoconchidae Gill, 1871
Parasita Fischer, 1883 (Suborder)
Cochlosolenia Voigt, 1888 (Suborder)
Cochlosyringia Voigt, 1888 (Suborder)
Melanellidae Bartsch, 1917
Enteroxenini Schwanwitsch, 1917
Pelseneeridae Rosfen, 1910
Asterophilidae Thiele, 1925b
Thycinae Thiele, 1931
Paedophoropodidae Ivanov, 1933
Enteroxenidae Heding & Mandahl-Barth, 1938
Melanellacea Cotton, 1959
The systematic position of Eulimidae also has
to be decided upon. Thiele (1931) placed the
family, together with Aclididae and Pyramidel-
lidae in Aglossa. The family Pyramidellidae has
since been transferred to the opisthobranchs
(Fretter & Graham, 1949). Not very much is
| known about the aclidids (cf. Sars, 1878, and
Thiele, 1931), but the few facts available (pteno¬
glossate radula, presence of mentum, long
| proboscis, a pair of jaws carrying teeth on their
edges) agree as well with epitoniids as with
eulimids, except a supposed absence of a penis
in Aclididae (A.W. pers. obs), a difference from
eulimids. The genus Thaleia Waren, 1979(e) is
similar to Eulimidae in many aspects, but has a
very different radula and the organization of the
alimentary canal is poorly known.
The ptenoglossate radula is shared with the
epitoniids and some architectonicids, but these
families differ in the organization of the
alimentary canal, and lack a penis and mentum.
The epitoniids have a hypobranchial gland
secreting a purple dye and the architectonicids
have a heterostrophic larval shell.
Also the family Trochaclididae (with a single
known species) has a ptenoglossate radula, but
has neither proboscis nor jaws and a trochiform
shell and multispiral operculum.
No other gastropods show any similarities to
the eulimids, except in non-specific characters,
such as shell shape (several smooth Rissoinidae).
Therefore 1 regard the eulimids as a super¬
family, containing a single family Eulimidae.
The name Melanellacea was introduced by
Cotton (1959) to include Melelanellidae and
Stiliferidae and has to be changed to Euli-
moidea.
TAXONOMICAL CONCEPTS IN
EULIMIDAE
Generic level. The present concept of genus and
subgenus in taxonomy is based on personal
weighting of differences and similarities between
species. Species which resemble each other very
much are placed in the same subgenus and
similar subgenera are brought together in
genera. Numerous attempts have been made to
use numerical methods to arrange the species of
certain groups in a hierarchy or to express
relationships between them. Such methods are
valuable, under the presumption that the
evolutionary rate of morphological changes has
been approximately uniform in the group and
through time (Colless, 1970). I find it unrealistic
to assume that the evolution of the eulimids has
proceeded with an approximately uniform rate,
but believe that speciation and radiation have
been faster when certain levels of organization
have been achieved and that the present
opulence of species at certain levels and the
scarcity or absence at others reflect this.
The morphological variation within the
eulimids is at least as great as among the
remaining prosobranchs. AH organ-systems of
prosobranchs are present in the primitive species
and most may be lacking in others. Thus it
becomes more difficult to discern relationships
between groups.
Another additional difficulty is the present,
scanty knowledge about the family. As it will be
emphasized (cf. p. 5), it can be assumed that
ortly a small part of the total number of genera
and species is known.
Therefore, 1 have preferred not to use sub¬
genera, but instead 1 have used very restricted
genera. Probably several of them can be united
as subgenera in the future, when more species
are known and intermediate forms make a
continuum of what now is seen as scattered
groups. This way of working reduces the
probability of classifying unrelated species
together and is more easy to correct, than an
exaggeration in the other direction.
As I have based my generic concept on
relative characteristics, viz. resemblance
between a number of species, compared with the
remaining species of the family, it has been
impossible to affix a “generic value” to certain
details. Some characteristics, however, are
almost invariably constant in a genus. (1) Host
group. The species of a genus are usually
restricted to a single class of echinoderms.
Exceptions are Vitreolina and perhaps Niso. (2)
Sexual strategy.
Relationships within the Eulimidae. Earlier
authors have constructed more or less elaborate
evolutionary schemes, based on a few genera, to
show the relationships of the families here
included in the Eulimidae (e.g. Vaney, 1913;
Ivanov, 1952; Grusov, 1965). Grusov reduced
the number of families to one, while Ltltzen in
various papers has mentioned Stiliferidae, Pel-
seneeridae, Paedophoropodidae, and Entocon-
chidae. I here point out the problems connected
with such arrangements, and arrange some
genera, which I consider related, into groups.
When previous workers have outlined the
systematics of the family they have used
exclusively morphological similarities and
differences, and only infrequently have they
considered the possibility of convergence.
Neither have they been aware of the high
plasticity of the morphology of the eulimids. I
give some examples to show this.
Presence or absence of a pseudopallium has
been used to group the species. The pseudopal¬
lium is a collar-shaped enlargement of the snout,
first described in Stilifer where it forms a sac-
like wrapping covering all the shell, except the
apical part. In one species of the genus, S.
astericola, it is absent in the male phase which
lives as an ectoparasite. A pseudopallium is
present also in several other genera, e.g. in the
male of Stilapex montrouzeri which lives under
the shell of the female, in Megadenus spp. and
in Vitreobalcis holdsworthi , where it protects the
snail from the pedicellariae of the host (War6n
1980b). The presence of a pseudopallium is
always associated with a more intimate relation
with the host and therefore 1 suppose that the
pseudopallia of different groups of eulimids,
have evolved independently, probably to reduce
defensive activities of the host. (A parallel to this
is presumably the pedal flaps of Pelseneeria,
Pulicicochlia and Robillardia.) I have therefore
not paid as much attention to the pseudopallium
as earlier authors.
Some authors have paid much attention to
sexual strategy, when grouping the species into
families. 1 later discuss the variation of sexual
strategies in the eulimids and try to show that
these are very much subject to selective pressure
by predation. The presumed primitive pro-
tandric hermaphroditism in the family and the
small changes necessary for a change from one
strategy to another have made me doubt this
characteristic for separating larger groups.
The proboscis is also highly variable, even
within a genus (e.g. Apicalia (War6n, 1979c) and
Peasistilifer (Hoskin, pers. comm.)), which
might be expected, as it is directly connected
with food uptake. High variability also occurs in
other parts of the digestive system and the foot.
Some other details in the anatomy, such as
excretory system and circulatory system are too
poorly known to be evaluated at present. This is
also the case with the spermatozoa, which are
known to vary even between the few species in
which they are known (Heding & Mandahl-
Barth, 1938, Ivanov, 1949b).
One characteristic that has not been used
earlier is the host specificity. I have emphasized
earlier (p. 1) and discuss later (p. 19) that
most eulimid genera show a high degree of
group specificity in their choice of host. The
only exception is found in the little modified
genus Vitreolina. Therefore, I assume that the
j early eulimid genera had a low host-specificity.
I Certain species became more and more special-
! ized and more firmly associated with certain
j hosts. They gave rise to new genera, that evolved
1 parallel to their hosts and in response to other
selective forces such as predation and conditions
for the larvae.
In Tables 1-5 I have arranged all eulimid
genera by host group. Each table comprises the
parasites of one echinoderm class. At a first
glance the contents of a table seem very hetero¬
geneous, with genera representing all degrees of
specialization. At a closer examination,
however, it will be found that no genus is more
similar to genera of other groups, than to certain
genera in its own group. It will also be found
that in several occasions a genus seems to be a
more specialized form of another genus of its
own group, as for example the following: Para -
megadenus (development of pseudopallium)
-* Stilifer (loss of shell and coiling of the
visceral sac) Asterophila. Megadenus
(enlargement of pseudopallium) -* Gastero-
siphon (reduction of proboscis and visceral
sac) -*■ Diacolax, Entocolax, Entoconcha
(total reduction or extroversion of alimentary
canal) -*• Thyonicola, Enteroxenos. Sabinella
(development of snout, reduction of foot) -»
Echineulima. Trochostilifer and Robillardia
have in common the oddly-shaped male shell
and the strongly-developed pedal fold and may
share an ancestor.
I do not believe that evolution has gone
straight or directly as in the sequences above,
but 1 find it likely that the genera of a sequence
represent offspring of the same evolutionary
branch. Other genera of the same host group
may or may not represent other evolutionary
branches.
Because of poor knowledge, it is still more
difficult and hazardous to give any scheme for
the evolution of the more unmodified eulimids,
and I prefer to leave it. The attempts above,
however, will support my opinion that all
eulimids can be included in a single family, even
though there exist vast morphological
differences.
NUMBER OF SPECIES OF EULIMIDAE
There have been described about 1250 species of
the groups here included in Eulimidae. About
425 of these names are based on fossil species.
There have been described about 150 species
from the North Atlantic, from the Caribbean
and Mediterranean areas and northwards. A
revision that I am working on presently has
proved that these names are based on about 110
species, but the fauna of ( the area includes at
least 260 species. The fauna of other areas is
much less well known. From South America for
example, only a dozen species have been
described. Therefore, it can be assumed,
although many of the described species are
probably synonyms, that the total number of
species will by far exceed the number of
described species. The large number of species is
not surprising when one considers the number of
potential hosts (echinoderms about 6000
species). Although many eulimids are not host-
specific, there are many echinoderms that are
parasitized by several species of Eulimidae.
PALEONTOLGICAL ASPECTS
Several species of Eulima have been described
from the Triassic and Jurassic periods. I have
examined the descriptions of these and find it
hard to support their position in Eulimidae.
Cossmann (1921) also arrived at the same
conclusion. Sold (1964), D’Orbigny (1842) and
Holzapfel (1888) have in their treatments of the
Cretaceous faunas listed typical eulimids. From
this time, however, the eulimids are very poorly
represented, both in number of species and
specimens. In Paleocene faunas eulimids begin
to become more common and in the Eocene
Faunas they are represented by numerous genera
(cf. Cossmann Sc Pissarro, 1904-06; Palmer,
1937). It is difficult to identify the old fossil
genera with Recent ones, but there seems to be
no doubts that most of the early tertiary species
placed in Niso by von Koenen (1891), Cossman
& Pissarro (1904), Palmer (1937) and other
authors really do belong here. I have examined
Eocene specimens and I am not able to separate
them from modern species. Cossmann (1921)
and Cossmann & Peyrot (1918) gave the earliest
appearance of Niso as late Cretaceous.
Cossmann (1921) also gave this early date for
Eulima (by him called Subularia ). The original
descriptions of e.g. Eulima clara Wade, 1926
and Niso melanoides (Leymerie, 1842) fit these
genera rather well. I have not been able, to
identify any other modern genera from deposits
older than middle Eocene.
SHELL
The shell of most primitive eulimids is straight,
conical, with flat whorls, a polished surface and
a high spire. Many species have a more or less
coloured shell, marked with brownish bands or
spots on a colour-less or yellowish background.
These colour patterns are usually specific for the
species, but fade in empty shells. I have,
however, seen them in Eocene specimens.
Presence or absence of colour has sometimes
been used to distinguish genera (Laseron, 1955),
but I have observed several cases where species
with coloured and colour-less shells belong to
the same genus, judging from anatomical
characters.
The fchell is usually rather solid, more so than
in most mesogastropods of comparable size and
shape. The suture is very shallow and marked by
a less transparent spiral band which constitutes
that part of the whorl which is in contact with
the preceding whorl. In many species the suture
is so indistinct, that the lower part of the spiral
band is more conspicuous than the real suture.
Bartsch (1917) used the term “false suture” for
this line and I have adopted his use.
In most eulimids the surface of the shell looks
smooth at the first glance, but when examined
with a stereomicroscope and good illumination
there can often be seen extremely fine spiral
and/or axial striae. These are especially distinct
when the light is reflected by the shell. This is
not a real sculpture. SEM examination of some
species with such a striation, proved that the
surface was completely smooth, even at high
magnification. Therefore I suppose that this
striation is a refractive phenomenon, caused by
the crystalline structure of the calcium
carbonate. It is, however, a good taxonomical
characteristic, on the species level.
Fig. 22. Melanella martini (A. Adams in Sowerby,
1855), from Taiwan. Height 43 nun. Incremental scars
placed in a line (marked by arrows).
In some eulimids, especially Niso , but also
scattered among the slender species of other
genera, there is a sculpture of regularly spaced,
sharp, distinct, raised axial lines. These lines run
almost straight, from suture to suture. They are
never present in species with inflated shells, and
they should not be confused with incremental
lines, which usually run parallel to the outer lip.
In some species there is also a normal sculpture.
Almost all eulimids have scars from earlier
positions of the outer lip. These are formed by
the growth pattern typical for eulimids: they
grow rapidly 0.3-1 whorl and then they stay at
that size for a considerable time. During this
standstill in growth, the outer lip is thickened
and when it starts growing again, there is left a
scar marking the position and the shape of the
old lip. These scars appear very regularly in
some species, in others the intervals are variable.
In Melanella martini (A. Adams, 1855) some
specimens have the scars in a perfect line, exactly
one whorl from each other, while others have
them scattered (cf. Fig. 22).
In some species with strongly-expanded
apertures, e.g. Oceanida and Auriculigerina ,
these scars are very strong and may form varices
or processes.
One detail of taxonomic importance in many
genera is the profile of the outer lip (seen from
the side). In some species it is projecting (in
relation to the part immediately below) at the
suture, in others it is retracted and in some more
or less perpendicular.
Two genera have an umbilicus, Niso and
Microstilifer. The umbilicus in Niso is broad and
deep and penetrates the shell up to the larval
shell in many species. These species also have a
strong basal keel. In other species of this genus
the umbilicus is more narrow and the base
rounded, and some lack it completely.
In those species which anatomically may be
regarded as more modified, the shell is usually
less solid and more inflated. When scars are
present, they usually represent a change in sex.
Many of the odd genera such as Bacula t Com
cavibalcis, Amamibalcis etc. are still known
from empty shells only, and it is not possible to
say to what extent the oddness of the shells
corresponds with deviations in the anatomy.
Family Eulimidae
Whorls flattened, suture not indented. The key is to genera.
1. Shell not conspicuously glossy; suture evident. Cythnia
Shell polished; suture mostly indistinct. 2
2. Apex mucronate, with minute pointed tip. 3
Apex evenly tapering.. 5
3. Outline globose . Stilijer
Outline ovate to conic. 4
4. Spire bluntly rounded, outline ovate. Hypermastus
Spire cylindrical, outline conic. Mucronalia
5. Base umbilicate. Niso
Base not umbilicate. .. 6
6. Outline ovate. Turveria
Outline conic to slenderly tapering. 7
7. Periphery with a keel. Scalenostoma
Periphery rounded, not keeled. 8
8. Slender, many-whorled; aperture elongate. Eulima
Blunt, relatively few*whorled; aperture short. 9
9. Whorls inflated. Sabinella
Whorls flat-sided .10
10. Inner lip smoothly appressed to body whorl. Balds
Inner lip slightly elevated from body whorl. Eulimostraca
-\ro C*oA\^ov vwcxak <s^aac|
1
A*^C\r(K
(A* ^
Genus Melanella Bowdich, 1822
Shell elongate, white, with an oily, glossy surface. Whorls
numerous, slightly convex. Apex sometimes bent to one side.
Not umbilicated. Eulitna Risso, 1826, is a synonym. Type.
ilufresnii Bowdich, 1822 (is arcuata Sowerby?). There are
many named forms in this group, and their speciation is in
need of revision. Some are parasites of holothurians, starfish
and sea urchins.
Melanella micatts (Carpenter, 1864) 1338
Carpenter’s Melanclla
Alaska to Baja California.
9 to 12 mm., rather straight, elongate, with about 15 flattened
' whorls. Parietal wall covered with a moderately thick glaze.
Common; 1 to 30 fathoms.
(1339) The subspecies borealis Bartsch, 1917, occurring from
Kodiak Island, Alaska, to Vancouver Island, British Columbia,
is uniformly more slender. 12 whorls; length 11.3 mm.; width
3.3 mm.
Melanella rutila (Carpenter, 1864) 1340
Rutila Melanella
Vancouver Island to Baja California.
6 to 7 mm., straight, slender, polished. Periphery of the
last whorl rounded, the base sloping in such a way as to lend
the left outline a somewhat flattened appearance. Parietal wall
with weak callus. Common; on starfish from 1 to 360 fathoms.
1339
Other Pacific species:
1365 Melanella (Balds) montereyensis (Trinidad to Monterc’
Bay), 5 mm.; peninsularis (1366) (San Diego to Magdalena Bay
Baja California) 5 mm.; laslra (1367) (San Pedro to Magdalen:
Bay); columbiana (1368) (Baranoff Island, Alaska, to Departure
Bay, British Columbia) 9.5 nim.; comoxensis (1369) (Comox
Vancouver Island, British Columbia) 7 mm.; macro (1370) (Dc
parture Bay to Seattle, Wash.) 76 mm.; berryi (1371) (Montere’
Bay to Catalina Island, Calif.); grippi (1372) (San Pedro, Calif,
to Point Abreojos, Baja Calif.) 8 mm.; catalinensis (1373) (Sar
Rosa Island, Calif., to San Hipolito Point, Baja California) al
Bartsch, 1917, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53.
1374 Melanella (Balds) thersites Carpenter, 1864. Monterey
California, to San Gcronimo Island, Baja California. M. historic
(Vanatta, 1899) and M. lowei (Vanatta, 1899) are synonyms.
1375 Melanella (Melanella) randolphi Vanatta, 1899. AJM^ai
Islands to Puget Sound. 7 mm.
1376 Melanella compacta Carpenter, 1864. San Pedro, Califor
nia, to Point Abreojos, Baja California. 7 mm.
1377 Melanella (Melanella) mexicana Bartsch, 1917. Gulf o
California to Acapulco, Mexico. 6.4 mm.
1378 Melanella (Melanella) oldroydi (San Pedro to Point Abreo
jos, Baja California) 9 mm.; californica (1379) (Catalina lslan<
and San Martin, California); hemphilli (1380) (San Diego, Cali
fornia, to Point Abreojos, Baja California) 8.3 mm.; tacomaensi
(1381) (Tacoma, Wash.) 5 mm., all Bartsch. 1917, Proc. V.S. Nat
Mus., vol. 53.
1382 Melanella (Sabinclla Monterosata, 1890) bakeri Bartsch
1917. San Diego, California. 2.7 mm.
1383 Melanella ptilocrinicola (Bartsch, 1907). 011 British Co
luinbia, 1,588 fms. 9.5 mm. Parasitic on the crinoid, Ptilocrinu
pinnatus.
1384 Melanella rosa Willett, 1944. Off Redondo Beach, Cali
fornia, 125 fms. Bull So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 43, p. 72.
1385 Melanella (Balds) titubans (S. S. Berry, 1956). Anacap;
Island, California, 46 to 58 fms. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 46
p. 155.
1386 Melanella (Balds) delmontensis (A. G. Smith and M. Gor
don, 1948). Off Del Monte, California, 10 fms. Proc. Calif. Acad
Sci., series 4, vol. 26, p. 219. 46 mm.
AVM, vw*
Genus Strombiformis Da Costa, 1778
Shell small, transparent, elongate, glossy, with an umbili¬
cal depression. Type: glabra (Da Costa, 1778). Lciostraca
H. and A. Adams, 1853, is a synonym. The genus name is
masculine.
Strombiformis californicus Bartsch, 1917 1395
Californian Melanella
Catalina Island to San Diego, California.
11 nun., with 13 flat-sided whorls. Elongate, narrow, pol¬
ished. Early whorls yellowish white, succeeding ones light-
brown, marked with a dark-brown band at the periphery. A
second band occurs a little‘ below the middle of the whorl.
Outer lip edged with brown. Pale-brown growth streaks pres-
ent on whorls. Parietal wall callused. Uncommon; 14 to 60
fathoms.
Strombiformis almo Bartsch, 1917 1396
Almo’s Melanella
Santa ivosa Island to San Diego, California.
7 mm., broadly elongate-conic, polished, whitish with a
broad chestnut-brown band around the middle of the whorls.
10 whorls slightly convex. Uncommon; 53 to 113 fathoms on
sandy mud bottom.
Genus Niso Risso, 1826
Shell flat-sided, acutely conic, with a glossy surface. Um¬
bilicus deep. Outer lip simple. Operculum corneous, thin,
transparent-tan. Type: eburnea (Risso, 1826), Pliocene of
Italy. For a review of the Eastern Pacific species, see W. K.
Emerson, 1965, Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 2218.
Niso hipolitcmis Bartsch, 1917 1415
Ilipoiito Niso
i San Diego, California, to the Gulf of California.
3 nun., with 10 flat-sided whorls. Narrowly umbilicate. Apex
yellowish while; base white with a broad median brown baud.
Anterior half of aperture white. Suture feebly impressed. Pe¬
riphery of the last whorl angulated. Uncommon. See Amer.
Mus. Novitates, no. 2218, figs. 9 and 10, by W. K. Emerson,
1965.
Other Pacific species:
1416 Niso lomana Bartsch, 1917. Santa Rosa Island to Point
Loina, California.
Genus Cythnia Carpenter, 1864
Embedded in starfish. Similar to Stilifer, but the nuclear
whorls are normal, not pupiform, and the operculum is
multispiral. Type: asleriaphila Carpenter, 1857. Cythna is
a misspelling. One United States species.
1427 Cythnia albida Carpenter, 1864. San Diego, southern Cali¬
fornia. Parasitic on starfishes.
1428 Cythnia asteriaphila Carpenter,
Baja California.
1864. Cape San Lucas.
AW, 'VN
Southern California Association of
Marine Invertebrate Taxonomists
3720 Stephen White Drive
San Pedro, California 90731
April, 1994 Vol. 12, No. 12
NEXT MEETING:
Biological Illustrations
GUEST SPEAKER:
Dr. Jodi Martin, Los Angeles Natural History
Museum, Los Angeles, CA
DATE:
May 9,1994
TIME:
9:30am-3:00pm
LOCATION:
Times Mirror Room, Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles, CA
Bathymedon pumilus, drawing by Laura Essex
MAY 9
The meeting in May will be on Biological
Illustrations. Please bring, if possible,
microscopes with drawing tubes or camera
lucidas. The workshop will be lead by Dr. Jodi
Martin and will be held at the LNHM in the
Times Mirror Room, Los Angeles, CA.
FUNDS FOR THIS PUBLICATION PROVIDED, IN PART, BY THE ARCO FOUNDATION, CHEVRON USA, AND
TEXACO INC.
SCAMIT Newsletter is not deemed to be a valid publication for formal taxonomic purposes.
April, 1994
Vol. 12, No. 12
MINUTES FROM MEETING ON APRIL 11
The X International Symposium on Marine
Biology will be in Ensenada, Baja California,
Mexicoonjune 13-17,1994. The symposium will
focus on topics related to: fisheries, marine
ecology and resource management.
The Fifth International Polychaete Conference
will be held at Qingdao, China in July 2-7,1995.
The Western Society of Malocologist meeting
will be in June 26-30,1994 at the Santa Barbara
Museum of Natural History (SBMNH).
The Western Society of Naturalist meeting will
be held at Monterey, CA in December 27-30,
1994.
School of Fisheries
University of Washington, WTMO
Seattle, Washington 98195
Phone: (206) 685-3609
Fax: (206) 685-3224
Included in this newsletter is the spring 1994
schedule of Research Seminars at the Natural
History Museum of Los Angeles County.
Jim Blake has corresponded some updates on
cirratulid taxonomy to Larry Lovell. John
Dorsey's (Hyperion) Tharyx sp. C, T. cf C, T. sp.
F and T. serratisetus Banse and Hobson, 1968 are
thought to be Tharyx marioni (now Aphelochaeta
marioni). Also, there is some confusion about
Tharyx secundus. It was erroneously placed in
Aphelochaeta by Blake (1992). It should be in the
Genus Monticellina because of the serrated
neurosetae in the posterior segments.
By now all SCAMIT members should have
received a copy of the Master Species List, which
was distributed with last month's newsletter.
The last page of the index is missing and will be
sent with this newsletter. Once again thanks for
the hard work and a good job done by those who
contributed to the compiling and editing of this
list. Those who deserve the praise are: Diane
O'Donohue, Don Cadien and all those who
attended the meetings to assist with this project.
Congratulations to the new officers for 1994-95.
They are:
President
Vice-President
Secretary
Treasurer
Ron Velarde
Don Cadien
Cheryl Brantley
Ann Dalkey
The Department of Ecology at Lacey Washington
is currently looking for two taxonomists to help
with the identification of their benthic grabs.
J. M. Orensanz has updated Banse and Hobson
1974, Benthic Polychaetes of British Columbia
and Washington. If anyone would like a copy he
can be contacted at:
POLYNOIDAE WORKSHOP
Gene Ruff distributed a handout (included in
newsletter) and gavea descriptionof scale worms.
There are currently about 17 subfamilies, most of
which we don't need to worry about because
they are from deep sea vents. Scale worms tend
to be commensal and have coloration and scales
2
April, 1994
Vol. 12, No. 12
that help mimic their hosts. When examining
elytra in scale worms do not look at the first pair,
which are sometimes very different, try to
examine those that are about a third of the way
back, if you have them. The same applies for the
neurosetae, in this case, those further back tend
to be underdeveloped. Gene went over the table
of scale worms species he included in his handout
and made a few additions and comments. He
did not include Eunoe sp. A (Eunoe cf depressa of
SCAMIT) in his table because he was not aware
of our common species and had no description.
It has completely smooth elytra and might be
Pettibone's Malmgreniella baschi. He will look at
this in the future. He did not feel that there is a
clear dividing line between subgenera Harmothoe
and Lagisca; so he prefers to leave Harmothoe
extenuata as it is rather than Lagisca extenuata. He
also looked at a lot of Lepidonotus squamatus from
So. California, Great Britain and other parts of
Europe and found lots of variation. He could not
find a clear defining line so he left them all as L.
squamatus. Gene thinks "perhaps" Lepidasthenia
interrupta does occur here and is a synonym of L.
berkeleyae. It should be noted that in Hartmans
Atlas figure no. 2 (showing the parapodia) of L.
interrupta is really the parapodia from Lepidonotus
elongatus Marenzellar, 1902.
2) Malmgreniella liei - looked at specimen of
Tony's from Marina del Rey. It had definite
wrench-shaped neurosetae, but unlike
Pettibone's 1993 description this one had eyes
and pigment on the elytra at the scar and in a C-
shaped pattern.
3) Malmgreniella baschi - there may be a chance
that what we have been formerly reporting as
Eunoe cf depressa (Eunoe sp. A) might be this
because of its neurosetae which look unidentate,
but have a slight secondary tooth. Look for the
transverse rows of spines on the notosetae, which
almost encircle the setae instead of the
longitudinal striations. This is a good indication
of Eunoe. Cephalic peaks of the prostomium tend
to curve back down toward the ventral side,
which makes them look like they are not strongly
pointed. SCAMIT's Eunoe cf depressa needs to be
re-examined and compared to this.
4) Malmgreniella nigralba - cephalic peaks of
prostomium are very squared off. The white
reticulation pattern described in Hartman is not
always distinct. The secondary tooth of the
neurosetae is quite distinct in shape. Also, the
supraacicular lobe of the neuropodium is very
delineated. See illustration in Pettibone 1993
figure G page 61.
The rest of the meeting was spent discussing the
following animals:
1 ) Hesperonoe-like - specimen from Puget Sound
has eyes and prostomium like Gattyana. Tony
Philips and Larry Lovell thought it was not
Gattyana because the notosetae were not distinctly
slenderer than the neurosetae. Except in
Pettibone's original description (1953) the length
of the setae are not described this way. Gene
determined the id. to be Gattyana cirrosa, because
of the shape of the tubercles on the elytra.
5) Malmgreniella macginitiei - very distinct
prostomial peaks and the secondary tooth is
short and blunt. The peaks actually stick out
from the prostomium and do not lie down against
the ceratophores.
6) Malmgreniella scriptoria - the cephalic peaks
look like they are pointed but if you examine
them from underneath you can see they actually
lie right on top of the ceratophores. The secondary
tooth is short and wide on the neurosetae and
there does not seem to be any "neck" on the
neurosetae. It is very thick all the way to the
curved tip. ^
3
April, 1994
Vol. 12, No. 12
At the conclusion of the workshop Gene proposed
that we look at the cephalic lobes and setal counts
to determine if we can split these species of
Malmgreniella more easily. Also, if the scale
worm is very small and there are not 15 pairs of
elytra they should either be left at the generic or
sub-family level.
FUTURE MEETINGS
The meeting in June might be a literature review
at Cabrillo Marine Aquarium, San Pedro, CA.
The new Vice-President, Don Cadien, will decide
on this next month.
The July 11 meeting will be a workshop on Sea
Pens 3 and will be lead by Dr. Gary Williams of
the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco, C A. It will be held at MEC Analytical
Systems Inc., Carlsbad, CA.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I would like to take this time to acknowledge all
of those people who have helped me in my two
years as Secretary of SCAMIT. They are: Judes
Brooks, Kelvin Barwick, Larry Lovell, Dean
Pasko, Ron Velarde, Ann Dalkey, Cheryl Brantley
and anyone else that I may have forgotten to
mention. THANK YOU!!!
Diane O'Donohue
I would like to say "Thanks” to all those
individuals who have contributed to making my
five terms as Vice-President productive and
enjoyable. The organization has made great
strides in our mission of standardizing and
promoting benthic invertebrate taxonomy in
Southern California. I know that Don Cadien
will receive the same support as I did as we
continue in our quest of taxonomic
understanding. THANK YOU!!!
Larry Lovell
SCAMIT OFHCERS:
If you need any other information concerning SCAMIT please feel free to contact
any of the officers.
President
Ron Velarde
(619)692-4903
Vice-President
Don Cadien
(310)830-2400 ext. 403
Secretary
Cheryl Brantley
(310)830-2400 ext. 403
Treasurer
Ann Dalkey
(310)648-5611
4
RCSenftCH SCMINfMS NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM
in History and Earth and Life Sciences °‘ L ° S An § eleS County
* «er PLEASE POST/CIRCULATE
SPRING 1994 SCHEDULE 900
Los Angeles, California 90007
TIMES MIRROR CONFERENCE ROOM
Seminar 3:00 - Coffee / Refreshments 2:45
7 April
John & Jane Griffith - Griffith Wildlife Biology, Calumet, Michigan
Brown-headed cowbird trapping: Effects on the
Recovery of the Least Bell's Vireo and Other Song
Birds at Camp Pendelton
14 April
Chris Steiner - Anthropology Section, LACMNH
Bacchus in Benin and Other Subliminal Mythologies:
Problems of Representation in the History of Science
21 April
Henry Hespenheide - University of California, Los Angeles
The Complexity of Biodiversity: Thoughts (and Data)
on a Buzzword
28 April
Blaise Eitner - Southwest Fisheries Science Center, La Jolla
Biochemical Genetics of Elasmobranchs, with Emphasis
on the Alopiidae (Thresher Sharks)
5 May
Fritz Hertel - University of California, Los Angeles
Vulture Ecomorphology
12 May
Paula Schiffman - California State University, Northridge
Exotic and Endangered Species: Strange Ecological
Interactions in a California Grassland
19 May
Lucy Jones - U.S. Geological Survey, Pasadena
Current Research in Earthquake Prediction
26 May
Jesus Maldonado - University of California, Los Angeles
Interspecific Variation in California Sealions
*27 May
•
Brent Mishler - University of California, Berkeley
Phylogenetic Analysis of Morphological and
Molecular Data: An Example from the Green Plants
*This seminar will begin at 12 noon; also note that it takes place on a Friday.
- ALL INTERESTED PERSONS ARE INVITED TO ATTEND -
-- Free admittance through staff entrance -- _
Seminar suggestions/questions should be directed to Kirk Fitzhugh, Invertebrates Section
213-744-3233; e-mail: fitzhugh@bcf.usc.edu w ^
George C. Page Museum, Hancock Park, 5801 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90036, (213) 857-6311
Family Polynoidae Malmgren, 1867
The family Polynoidae is the largest and most commonly encountered group of scaleworms,
with currently well over 600 described species. Fortunately, only about two dozen of these occur
in shelf waters off California. The group is characterized by dorsoventrally flattened bodies,
simple setae in both notopodial and neuropodial fascicles, and scales alternating with the dorsal
cirri down much of the length of the body. Although a few become quite large (up to 250 mm),
the majority of the scaleworms are only a centimeter or two in length.
In most polynoid species the prostomium is bilobed, with a median furrow between the
anterior lobes. The anterolateral corners are sometimes more of less developed in to distinct
cephalic peaks, or they extend anteriorly to form the ceratophores of the lateral antennae. There are
typically two pairs of eyes arranged in a trapezoid pattern, although the eyes in deep-water species
may be absent. Most species have a median and a pair of lateral antennae which are smooth or
covered to a lesser or greater extent with papillae. A pair of tapering palps are attached ventrally to
the prostomium, and are normally thicker and longer than the antennae; these structures usually
have numerous longitudinal rows of minute sensory papillae. The eversible pharynx is large and
muscular, with two pairs of curved, dark, keratinous jaws surrounded by a circlet of marginal
papillae.
The tentacular segment (segment 1) has two pairs of tentacular cirri supported on large,
forward-projecting basal lobes. These tentaculophores have an internal supporting aciculum, and
sometimes on the anterior face there are additional projecting setae that are usually similar to the
notosetae. The ventral portion of the peristomium forms the upper lip of the mouth. This is often
produced into a ridge which sometimes bears a distinct conical facial tubercle.
The buccal segment (segment 2) bears the first pair of elytra and the first parapodia. Dorsally
it may be developed into a nuchal fold that partly covers the prostomium, and ventrally it forms the
lateral and lower portions of the mouth. The ventral buccal cirri on this segment are usually well-
developed and inserted at the bases of the parapodia.
The paired elytra are flattened, scale-like structures that occur in place of the dorsal cirri, and
are attached via the elytrophores to segments 2,4,5,7,9...21, 23; posterior to this point there are a
number of different attachment arrangements, and the scales may be lacking in the posterior-most
segments. The elytra may overlap and completely conceal the dorsum, or they may be reduced in
size. The surface of the scales may be smooth, or they be covered with papillae, microtubercles,
(sclerotized structures that are nodular, pointed, or multi pronged, and that are clearly visible only
under high modification) or macrotubercles (larger, soft structures that occur irregularly on the
surface or near the posterior edges). The borders of the elytra may be smooth, or they may have
sparse or dense fringes of clavate or filiform papillae.
The elongated parapodia are biramous or, in some cases, subbiramous. The notopodia are
usually located along the dorsal margin of the neuropodia; each has an interior supporting aciculum
which may be distally emergent. The neuropodia are usually larger than the notopodia, and are
distally cleft into a rounded post-setal lobe and a longer, narrower pre-setal lobe bearing the
internal aciculum which may or may not emerge distally.
All polynoid setae are simple. Although lacking in a few species, the notosetae range from
smooth and slender to stout with subdistal transverse spinous plates. The tips may be capillary,
pointed, or blunt with or without a terminal cleft. The neurosetae have a long smooth shaft and a
curved, subdistal inflated spinous region; the setal tips may be capillary, unidentate, or bidentate
with a subequal or small secondary tooth. The shape of the superior neurosetae is often different
from those lower in the fascicle, and both uni- and bidentate tips are sometimes found within the
same setal bundle.
Dorsal cirri are inserted along the upper margin of the notopodia on segments not bearing
elytra; in addition, these segments have a more or less developed dorsal tubercle corresponding in
position to the elytrophore. Ventral cirri are normally inserted midway along the ventral edge of
the neuropodia after segment 2. Small, cylindrical nephridial papillae occur ventrally at the base of
the neuropodia, usually from segment 6; these structures project posteriorly and upward between
the parapodia. The pygidium surrounds a dorsally directed anus, and has a pair of terminal anal
cirri that are similar in shape, but often are longer than the dorsal cirri.
The insertion of the lateral antennae is of primary importance in distinguishing some of the
subfamilies of the polynoids. Three subfamilies are represented in the California material covered
below. In the Arctonoinae the lateral antennae have large ceratophores that are inserted
subterminally and are distinctly separated from the prostomium by a transverse groove. In the
Lepidonotinae the lateral antennae are attached terminally to anterior prolongations of the
prostomium, without distinct ceratophores. In the Harmothoinae the lateral antennae have^small
ceratophores that are attached ventrally beneath the anterior prostomial margins and/or to the large
ceratophore of the median antenna.
Polynoids are found from the intertidal regions to the abyssal depths on a wide variety of
sediment types, although a few are entirely pelagic. Most species are carnivorous or omnivorous,
feeding on a large spectrum of smaller invertebrates, plant fragments, and detritus. These species
normally creep along the bottom, hiding in crevices, under rocks, and in algal holdfasts. The
dorsum and the elytra are often pigmented with a variety of patterns and colors to match the general
background. In addition, the elytral surface is sometimes covered with detritus and epiphytes,
making the specimens difficult to detect.
A number of polynoids are commensal with other organisms, predominately the echinoderms,
molluscs, or other polychaetes. In many of these species, the elytra and notopodia are reduced in
size, and the notosetae are fewer in number or absent altogether. Many of these commensals are
pigmented to match the host organisms.
All polynoids are dioecious, with fertilization taking place externally. Many species brood
their eggs under the elytra, but generally the early larval stages appear in the plankton. The
nectochaetes settle to the bottom after a month or so, and continue to grow to adult size. In most
free-living polynoids, the number of segments is determinant within a small range, and the worms
do not grow beyond 30-40 mm in length. In a number of the commensal species, however,
segments continue to be added throughout the life of the specimens, and much greater body lengths
are attained.
The number and arrangement of the elytra are very important in distinguishing the polynoid
genera. Even though the scales are often autonomous, their position can be assessed by counting
the distinctive elytrophores along the body. Unfortunately, many species fragment during
preservation, and the posterior portion of the body is not available for examination. Therefore, the
following information on the California genera and species is based only upon features that can be
observed in anterior fragments.
Arctonoe pulchra
Arctonoe vittata
Prostomium
Antennae
Arctonoe fragilis
Arctonoid
Both pairs of eyes small
Cephalic peaks absent
Median: 1.5 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles smooth
Arctonoid
Anterior eyes moderate; posterior
pair small
Cephalic peaks absent
Median: 1.5 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles smooth
Arctonoid
Both pairs of eyes small
Cephalic peaks absent
Median: 1.5 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles smooth
Tentacular cirri
Basal lobes achaetous
Basal lobes achaetous
Basal lobes achaetous
Dorsal cirri
Length variable: some greatly
exceeding the neurosetae; without
papillae
Extending slightly beyond the
neurosetae in the anterior setigers;
without papillae
Greatly exceeding the neurosetae;
without papillae
Dorsal
pigmentation
Colorless or tending to match the
coloration of the host
Colorless or mottled with brown
Ranging from colorless through
reddish-brown to purple depending
upon the host. Often with a band
of dark pigment across setiger 7-8
Setal diameter
Nototsetae < Neurosetae
[Nototsetae] < Neurosetae
[Nototsetae] < Neurosetae
Setal counts
Few : Few
Few : Few
Few : Few
Notosetae
Neurosetae
(16-24)(7-16)
Short, slender, straight, with
close-set transverse serrations;
tapering to pointed or notched
tips
Longer, stout, with faint
transverse serrations; tapering to
sharp, strongly hooked unidentate
tips
(0-15)(3-13)
Short, slender, slightly curved,
with close-set transverse
serrations; tapering to blunt,
notched tips
Longer, stout, with faint
transverse serrations; tapering to
sharp, strongly hooked unidentate
tips
(0-15)(10-20)
Short, slender, slightly curved,
with close-set transverse
serrations; tapering to blunt,
notched tips
Longer, stout, with prominent
rows of transverse serrations;
tapering to blunt notched tips
Slightly thicker, with transverse
serrations; tapering to sharp,
hooked, unidentate tips
Elytra
Large, soft, smooth, with a
conspicuously convoluted (frilled)
margin
Surface usually mottled with
areas of white, reddish-brown,
yellow, or green to match the
host
Large, soft, smooth, flat or
slightly undulate
Surface colorless or with dark
pigment tending to match the
host coloration, often
concentrated in a spot over the
elytral scar
Slender, with obscure transverse
serrations; tapering to straight,
blunt, unidentate tips
Large, soft, smooth, flat
Surface usually mottled with
black and white and varying
considerably depending upon the
host coloration
Marginal fringing papillae absent
Other features
Marginal fringing papillae absent
Ventral cirri rudimentary after
setiger 2
Neuropodia with blunt, rounded
pre- and postsetal lobes separated
by a deep dorsal cleft
Commensal with asteroids
Marginal fringing papillae absent
Ventral cirri short, subulate
Neuropodia with blunt, rounded
pre- and postsetal lobes separated
by a deep dorsal cleft
Commensal mainly with
echinoderms
Ventral cirri short, subulate
Neuropodia with blunt, rounded
pre- and postsetal lobes separated
by a deep dorsal cleft
Notosetae decrease in number
posteriorly and are only present in
the first few segments in adults
Commensal with asteroids and
large molluscs
Bylgides macrolepidus
Eucranta anoculata
Gaudichaudius
iphionelloides j
Prostomium
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes very large and
positioned near the anterior
margin; posterior pair small
Cephalic peaks small
Harmothoid
Eyes absent
Cephalic peaks prominent
Harmothoid
Eyes large; anterior pair
positioned on the anterolateral
margin
Cephalic peaks absent
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median: 4 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles with small scattered
papillae
Basal lobes with 2-4 stout setae
Median: 2 pr.l. Lateral: 0.5 pr.l.
Styles with numerous small
papillae
Basal lobes with 0-3 stout setae
Median: 3 pr.l. Lateral: 2 pr.l.
Styles with scattered papillae
Basal lobes with several long
setae
Dorsal cirri
Extending beyond the neurosetae;
with scattered clavate papillae
Extending well beyond the neuro¬
setae; with scattered clavate
papillae
Extending to the tips of the
neurosetae; with scattered long
papillae on the distal half
Dorsal pigmentation
Tan, with 2 transverse ciliated
bands per segment
Pale to dusky, with iridescent
cuticle
Colorless
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Moderate : Numerous
(15-25) (-50)
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Few : Moderate
(10-20) (20-30)
Notosetae < Neurosetae
Very numerous: Numerous
( 100+) (50-70)
Notosetae
Stout, curved, with transverse
rows of spinules; tapering to
short, blunt unidentate tips
Longer, straight, with transverse
rows of spinules; tapering to
short, blunt tips
Stout, slightly curved, with
inconspicouos transverse rows of
spinules
Short, curved, with close-set rows
of fine spinules; tapering to blunt
tips
Longer, straighter, more slender, a
tapering to fine tips *
Neurosetae
Thin, with numerous transverse
spinous rows; tips plumose,
often with a terminal arista
Thin, with numerous transverse
spinous rows; tapering to slightly
hooked, blunt unidentate tips
Thin, with numerous transverse
spinous rows; tips plumose,
often with a terminal arista
Long, slender, with a long region
of prominent spinules; tapering
to thin, deeply incised tips.
Long, thicker, with prominent
spinules in transverse rows;
tapering to elongated smooth,
sharp, unidentate tips
Long, thick, with a long sub-
distal region of spinules in trans¬
verse rows; tapering to slightly
hooked bare unidentate tips
Shorter, with a short region of
spinules in transverse rows;
tapering to bare hooked unidentate
tips
Elytra
Thin, appearing smooth but
covered with tiny conical
microtubercles
Marbled with pale brown pigment
Marginal fringing papillae sparse
Sort, membranous, with
inconspicuous microtubercles
anterior to the attachment scar
Colorless or with streaks of
greenish-yellow pigment
Marginal fringing papillae very
short
Thick, mostly covered with
polygonal cells, each with a
central flattened or occasionally
conical tubercle
Amber to dark brown
Marginal fringing papillae short
Other features
Nuchal fold absent, but posterior
eyes sometimes covered by the
anterior margin of the buccal
segment
Prostomium very white
Mostly a boreal species; only one
known occurrence in California
Eurtoe depressa
Eunoe oerstedi
Eunoe senta
krostomium
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
moderate
Cephalic peaks prominent
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
moderate
Cephalic peaks weakly developed’,
blunt
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
moderate
Cephalic peaks weakly developed,
rounded
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median; 3 pr.l. Lateral; 0.5 pr.l.
Styles with scattered short
papillae
Basal lobes with 1-3 stout curved
setae
Median: 4 pr.l. Lateral: 2 pr.l.
Styles with numerous long
papillae and olive brown pigment
Basal lobes with 1-3 stout,
strongly curved setae
Median: 3 pr.l. Lateral: 1.5 pr.l.
Styles with numerous long
papillae and brown pigment
Basal lobes with bundle of 4-5
stout setae
Dorsal cirri
Not exceeding the neurosetae;
with scattered minute papillae
Extending slightly beyond the
neurosetae, with numerous long
papillae
Extending well beyond the
neurosetae; with numerous long
filiform and short clavate papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Pale
Light brown along middorsal line
Colorless to pale yellow
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
(30-50) (30-50)
Notosetae » Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
( ) ( )
Notosetae * Neurosetae
Numerous: Moderate
(50-60) (~20)
Notosetae
i»
Short, stout, with close-set
transverse rows of spinules;
tapering to short, smooth,
pointed tips
Longer, nearly straight, with
widely spaced transverse rows of
spinules encircling shaft;
tapering to smooth, pointed tips
Short, stout, with close-set
transverse rows of spinules;
tapering to blunt, rough tips
Longer, nearly straight, with
widely spaced transverse rows of
spinules encircling shaft;
tapering to blunt, rough tips
Short, stout, with close-set
transverse rows of spinules;
tapering to short, smooth,
pointed tips
Longer, nearly straight, with
widely spaced transverse rows of
spinules encircling shaft;
tapering to smooth, pointed tips
Neurosetae
Slightly thinner and much longer
than lower notosetae, with
transverse rows of coarse spinules
subdistally; tapering to slightly
hooked, smooth unidentate tips
Similar to lower notosetae in
length and thickness, with
transverse rows of coarse spinules
subdistally; tapering to slightly
hooked, smooth unidentate tips
Similar to lower notosetae in
length and thickness, with
transverse rows of coarse spinules
subdistally; tapering to slightly
hooked, smooth unidentate tips
Elytra
Thick, leathery, covered with
numerous tiny conical
microtubercles and a few larger,
rounded tubercles
Cream colored
Marginal fringing papillae
essentially lacking
Thick, leathery, studded with
clavate macrotubercles, each with
a stellate apex
Mottled brown and gray
Marginal fringing papillae
essentially lacking
Thick, soft, covered with dendritic
macrotubercles with acutely
pointed branches
Colorless or with irregular
patches of pigment
Marginal fringing papillae
essentially lacking
Other features
<»
Body dorsoventrally flattened;
buccal segment with a small
nuchal fold covering the posterior
margin of the prostomium
Apparently commensal with
hermit crabs and other dacopod
crustaceans
Body dorsally arched; buccal
segment with a small nuchal fold
covering the posterior margin of
the prostomium
Body dorsally arched; buccal
segment with a small nuchal fold
covering the posterior margin of
the prostomium
Emergent parapodial acicula very
long
•
Halosydna brevisetosa
Halosydna johnsoni
Halosydna latior
Prostomium
Lepidonotoid
Anterior eyes moderate; posterior
pair slightly smaller
Cephalic peaks absent
Lepidonotoid
Anterior eyes moderate; posterior
pair slightly smaller
Cephalic peaks absent
Lepidonotoid
Anterior eyes moderate; posterior
pair slightly smaller
Cephalic peaks absent
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median: 2 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles smooth; subterminally
pigmented
Basal lobes with 1-3 short,
slender setae
Median: 1.5 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles smooth; subterminally
pigmented
Basal lobes with 1-3 short,
slender setae
Median: Lateral:
Styles smooth; subterminally
pigmented
Basal lobes with 1-3 short,
slender setae
Dorsal cirri
Extending well beyond the neuro¬
setae and curving up between
elytra; without papillae
Extending well beyond the
neuosetae and curving up between
the elytra; without papillae
Reaching only to tips of
neurosetae; without papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Highly variable, with dark
transverse bands and light to dark
base color
Variable, with dark transverse
bands and light to dark base color
Transverse brown bands on
colorless base
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae « Neurosetae
Few : Few
(0-25) : (10-20)
Notosetae « Neurosetae
Few : Few
(0-25) : (10-20)
Notosetae « Neurosetae
Few : Moderate
(10-20) : (15-25)
Notosetae
Slender, short, colorless, with a
few transverse serrations; tapering
to blunt tips
Slender, slightly longer, with
numerous transverse serrations;
tapering to long. Fine tips
Slender, short, colorless, with a
few transverse serrations; tapering
to blunt tips
Slender, slightly longer, with
numerous transverse serrations;
tapering to long, fine tips
Slender, short, colorless, with a
few transverse serrations; tapering
to blunt tips
Slender, much longer, with
numerous transverse serrations;
tapering to long, fine tips
Neurosetae
Stout, amber, with a few trans¬
verse rows of coarse spinules;
tapering to pointed or blunt
curved unidentate tips
Stout, amber, with a few trans¬
verse rows of coarse spinules;
tapering to bidentate curved tips
Stout, dark amber, with a few
transverse rows of coarse
spinules; tapering to pointed
curved unidentate tips
Elytra
Covered with small conical
tubercles and occasional larger
rounded tubercles
Highly variable mottled
pigmentation
Marginal fringing papillae sparse,
often absent.
Covered with small conical
tubercles
Highly variable mottled
pigmentation or uniformly dark
Marginal fringing papillae
numerous, moderately long.
Covered with small conical
tubercles and occasional larger
rounded tubercles
Highly variable solid or mottled
pigmentation
Marginal fringing papillae
numerous, moderately long.
Other features
In commensal forms, 1-2 superior
notosetae thickened and darker in
color.
Body very broad and dorso-
ventrally flattened.
Nephridial papillae three times
longer than wide.
Harmothoe extenuata
Harmothoe fragilis
Harmothoe hirsuta
fc'rostomium
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
slightly smaller
Cephalic peaks prominent
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
slightly smaller
Cephalic peaks prominent
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
slightly smaller
Cephalic peaks prominent
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median; 2 pr.l. Lateral; 1 pr.l.
Styles with scattered short clavate
papillae
Basal lobes with 1-2 stout setae
Median; 2 pr.l. Lateral; 0.5 pr.l.
Styles with scattered short clavate
papillae
Basal lobes with i-3 stout setae
Median: 2 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles with numerous long
filiform papillae
Basal lobes with 1-3 stout setae
Dorsal cirri
Extending slightly beyond the
tips of the neurosetae; with
numerous short papillae
Extending slightly beyond the
tips of the neurosetae; with
scattered short papillae
Extending well beyond the tips of
the neurosetae; with numerous
long filiform papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Pale or with patches of brown
pigment, especially around the
cirrophores and elytrophores
Pale to dark brown with 2 thin
transverse white stripes per
setiger
Pale to dusky with patches of
brown pigment around the cirro¬
phores and elytrophores
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae = Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
(20-30) : (20-30)
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Moderate ; Moderate
(20-30) ; (20-30)
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
(20-30) : (35-50)
Notosetae
Stout, curved, with numerous
transverse rows of spinules;
tapering to blunt points
Longer, slightly thinner and less
curved, with transverse rows of
spinules; tapering to pointed tips
Stout, curved, with numerous
transverse rows of spinules;
tapering to blunt, sculptured
points
Longer, slightly thinner and less
curved, with transverse rows of
spinules; tapering to pointed tips
Stout, curved, with numerous
transverse rows of spinules;
tapering to blunt points
Longer, slightly thinner and less
curved, with transverse rows of
spinules; tapering to pointed tips
Neurosetae
Slender, with long subdistal
spinous region; tapering to
smooth, bare unidentate tips
Thicker, with short subdistally
inflated spinous region; tapering
to smooth, hooked tips with a
small secondary tooth
Shorter; tapering to smooth,
bare, unidentate points
Slender, with long subdistal
spinous region; tapering to
finely bidentate tips
Thicker, with short subdistally
inflated spinous region; tapering
to smooth, hooked tips with a
slender secondary tooth
Shorter; tapering to smooth,
bare, unidnetate points
Slender, with long subdistal
spinous region; tapering to
smooth, bare, unidentate tips
Thicker, with short subdistally
inflated spinous region; tapering
to long, bare, slightly hooked
tips with a remote incision
forming a small secondary tooth
Shorter; tapering to smooth,
bare, unidentate points
Elytra
Surface with numerous conical or
bifid microtubercles and a few
globular to elongated macro¬
tubercles that are constricted at
the attachment point
Colorless, tan, or mottled with
brown pigment; macrotubercles
usually dark brown
Marginal fringing papillae short
Surface with numerous conical or
multibranched microtubercles,
scattered filiform papillar, and a
few large blister-like macro-
tubercles near the posterior border
Pale, with darker tan on the large
macrotubercles
Marginal fringing papillae thick,
long
Surface in part divided into
polygonal cells, each with a
multipronged macro tubercle in
the center
Pale or with patches of brown
pigment
Marginal fringing papillae thick,
long
Other features
Harmothoe imbricata
Harmothoe multisetosa
Prostomium
Harmothoid
Eyes large; anterior pair displaced
forward beneath cephalic peaks
Cephalic peaks prominent
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
slightly smaller
Cephalic peaks prominent
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median: 3 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles with scattered short clavate
papillae
Basal lobes with 1-3 stout setae
Median: 3 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles with numerous filiform
papillae
Basal lobes with 1-3 stout setae
Dorsal cirri
Extending slightly beyond the
tips of the neurosetae; with
scattered short papillae
Extending well beyond the tips of
the neurosetae; with scattered
filiform papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Mottled, with darker areas around
the cirrophores and elytrophores
Dark brown, with 2 thin
transverse white stripes per
setiger
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
(20-30) : (30-40)
Notosetae = Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
(20-40) : (20-40)
Notosetae
Stout, curved, with transverse
rows of spinules; tapering to
blunt points
Longer, slightly thinner and less
curved, with transverse rows of
spinules: tapering to pointed tips
Stout, curved, with transverse
rows of spinules; tapering to
blunt points
Longer, slightly thinner and less
curved, with transverse rows of
spinules; tapering to pointed tips
Neurosetae
Slender, with long subdistal
spinous region; tapering to
smooth, bare, unidentate tips
Thicker, with short subdistally
inflated spinous region; tapering
to smooth, hooked tips with a
small secondary tooth
Shorter, more slender; tapering to
smooth, bare, unidentate points
Slender, with long subdistal
spinous region; tapering to
smooth, bare, unidentate tips
Thicker, with short subdistally
inflated spinous region; tapering
to smooth, hooked tips with a
small secondary tooth
Shorter, more slender; tapering to
smooth, bare, unidentate points
Elytra
Thick, with numerous blunt
microtubercles, scattered papillae,
and globular macrotubercles
(larger specimens only)
Great variability in both pigment
pattern and color, with solid or
mottled designs occurring in
white, light tan, red, green,
brown, gray, and black
Marginal fringing papillae short,
sparse
Thin, with blunt or bifid
microtubercles, thomlike curved
spines, and occasional large,
blister-like macrotubercles
Uniformly tan to gray, or mottled
with brown pigment
Marginal fringing papillae short
Other features
Hesperonoe adventor
Hesperonoe complanata
Hesperonoe laevis
W’rostomium
Harmothoid
Eyes moderate; posterior pair
slightly smaller
Cephalic peaks small
Harmothoid
Eyes fairly small
Cephalic peaks prominent
Harmothoid
Eyes moderate; posterior pair
slightly smaller
Cephalic peaks prominent
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median; 2 pr.l. Lateral; 1 pr.l.
Styles with minute scattered
papillae
Basal lobes without setae, but
with a digitiform acicular lobe
Median: 2 pr.l. Lateral: 0.5 pr.l.
Styles with minute scattered
papillae
Basal lobes without setae, but
with a digitiform acicular lobe
Median: 2 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles with minute scattered
papillae
Basal lobes without setae, but
with a digitiform acicular lobe
Dorsal cirri
Extending far beyond neurosetae;
with scattered minute clavate
papillae
Extending far beyond neurosetae;
with scattered minute clavate
papillae
Extending far beyond neurosetae;
with scattered minute clavate
papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Broad gray-green transverse bands
Pale, with small amounts of
brown pigment at bases of the
parapodia
Pale
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Numerous : Numerous
(70- 80) : (70- 80)
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
(15-25) : (20-30)
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
(15-25) : (20-30)
Notosetae
Stout, with scarcely discemable
transverse striations; tapering to
blunt tips
Thinner, longer, tapering to fine
capillary tips
Stout, with scarcely discemable
transverse striations; tapering to
blunt tips
Thinner, longer, tapering to fine
capillary tips
Stout, with scarcely discemable
transverse striations; tapering to
blunt tips
Thinner, longer, tapering to fine
capillary tips
Neurosetae
Slender, with long, coarsely
serrated region tapering to very
fine unidentate tips
Thicker, with short subdistal
swollen region having numerous
transverse rows of coarse
spinules; tapering to fine smooth
unidentate tips
Slender, with long, coarsely
serrated region tapering to very
fine unidentate tips
Thicker, with short subdistal
swollen region having numerous
transverse rows of coarse
spinules; tapering to fine smooth
unidentate tips
Slender, with long, coarsely
serrated region tapering to very
fine unidentate tips
Thicker, with short subdistal
swollen region having few or no
transverse rows of coarse
spinules: tapering to fine smooth
unidentate tips
Elytra
Thin, with a few scattered
microtubercles
Crescent of gray pigment on
posterior half
Marginal fringing papillae sparse
Thin, translucent, with samll
conical microtubercles scattered
across the surface
Pale and without pigment
Marginal fringing papillae sparse
Thin, smooth excepth for a few
inconspicuous microtubercles
anterior to the attachment scar
Crescent of gray pigment on
posterior half
Marginal fringing papillae sparse
Other features
Grayish-green in life
Commensal with the echiuroid
Urechis caupo
Bright yellowish-orange in life
Commensal with the ghost
shrimp
Notopodial lobe nearly as large as
the neuropodial lobe in the first
setiger; thereafter much smaller
Commensal with the echiuroid
Listriolobus pelodes
Hololepida magna
Lepidonopsis humilis
Thormora johnstoni
Prostomium
Arctonoid
Both pairs very large, with
distinct lenses
Cephalic peaks absent
Lepidonotoid
Anterior eyes moderate; posterior
pair small
Cephalic peaks absent
Lepidonotoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
moderate
Cephalic peaks absent
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median: 4.5 pr.l Lateral: 3.5 pr.l
Styles without papillae
Basal lobes without setae
Median: 1.5 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles without papillae
Basal lobes with 1-2 delicate setae
Median: 3 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles without papillae
Basal lobes with 1-2 long setae
Dorsal cirri
Extending to the tips of the
neurosetae; without papillae
Extending slightly beyond the
neurosetae; without papillae
Not extending beyond the
neurosetae; without papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Reddish-brown
Colorless
Chestnut brown
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae < Neurosetae
Few : Moderate
(10-15) (40-50)
Notosetae < Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
( ) (~ 24)
Notosetae < Neurosetae
Numerous : Moderate
( ) (~ 20)
Notosetae
Long, straight, with barely
discemable marginal serrations;
tapering to capillary tips
Stout, slender, with numerous
tranverse rows of fine spinules;
tapering to blunt tips
Longer, slender, with numerous
transverse rows of fine spinules;
tapering to capillary tips
Long, slender, smooth, hastate;
tapering to pointed tips
Shorter, thicker, curved, with
close-set transverse rows of
spinules; tapering to bare tips
Neurosetae
Slender, long, with marginal
serrations; tapering to fine
unidentate tips
Shorter, coarser, with spinules in
transverse rows; tapering to
hooked, bifid tips
Stout, with coarse spinules in a
few subdistal rows; tapering to
slightly hooked tips with a small
secondary tooth
Stout, with coarse spinules in a
few subdistal rows; tapering to
bare, slightly hooked unidentate
tips
Elytra
Large, soft, gelatinous, with
inconspicuous microtubercles
scattered across the surface
Tinged with reddish brown
Marginal fringing papillae absent
Large, firmly attached, with
scattered smooth to roughened
rounded microtubercles of various
sizes
Tan, with mottled brown pigment
patches
Marginal fringing papillae long
Large, covered with numerous
rounded microtubercles and
scattered larger, acutely conical
tubercles
Mottled with brown and black
pigment
Marginal fringing papillae absent
Other features
Buccal segment with a broad
nuchal fold extending over the
posterior margin of the
prostomium
Notosetae absent in the first few
se tigers
Elytra with a small notch on the
anterior margin
Buccal segment with two sub-
triangular nuchal folds extending
over the posterior margin of the
prostomium
Distal margins of notopodia and
neuropodia with fringes of
filiform papillae
Lepidonotus leius
Lepidonotus setosior
Lepidonotus squamatus
^rostomium
Lepidonotoid
Both pairs of eyes large
Cephalic peaks absent
Lepidonotoid
Anterior pair of eyes displaced
onto lateral margins of the
prostornium
Cephalic peaks absent
Lepidonotoid
Anterior eyes moderate; posterior
pair smaller
Cephalic peaks absent
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median: Lateral:
Basal lobes with 2 prominent
setae
Median: 1 pr.l Lateral: 0.75 pr.l
Median: 2 pr.l. Lateral: 1.5 pr.l.
Styles without papillae
Basal lobes with 2-3 spinose
setae
Dorsal cirri
Extending well beyond the
neurosetae; without papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Colorless
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae < Neurosetae
Moderate :
( ) ( )
Notosetae < Neurosetae
Numerous :
( ) ( )
Notosetae < Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
(20-30) (15-25)
Notosetae
Thin, with numerous spinous
rows; tapering to very fine tips
Long, thin, with numerous
spinous rows; tapering to sharp
tips
Short, curved, with numerous
transverse rows of spinules;
tapering to bare, blunt tips tips
Longer, slightly thinner, with
numerous spinous rows; tapering
to very fine tips
neurosetae
Stout, with coarse subdistal
spinules arranged in a few
transverse rows; tapering to long,
smooth, slightly hooked
unidentate tips
Stout, with coarse subdistal
spinules arranged in a few
transverse rows; tapering to long,
smooth, slightly hooked
unidentate tips
Elytra
Thin, dehiscent, smooth or with a
few scattered microtubercles
Light brown
Marginal fringing papillae absent
Surface with numerous low
rounded tubercles, and scattered
high, smooth, conical tubercles
Mottled with gray and black
Marginal fringing papillae absent
Large, firmly attached, surface
studded with numerous crowded
round to pointed tubercles of
various sizes; larger tubecles with
sculpted surface
Color variable, from reddish
yellow through brown to black
Marginal fringing papillae thick,
long
Other features
Tips of notosetae reaching to
about the middle of the
neurosetae; setae light amber in
color.
Notosetae very long, with the
tips reaching nearly to the ends of
the neurosetae: setae dark amber
in color.
Tips of notosetae barely
suipassing the ends of the
neuropodia; setae light amber in
color.
Lepidasthenia
berkeleyae
Lepidasthenia
gigas
Lepidasthenia
longicirrata
Prostomium
Lepidonotoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
moderate
Lepidonotoid
Anterior eyes moderate; posterior
pair small
Lepidonotoid
Anterior eyes large; posterior pair
moderate
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median; 3 pr.l. Lateral: 1.5 pr.l.
Styles without papillae
Basal lobes achaetous, but with a
digitiform acicular lobe
Median: Lateral:
Styles without papillae
Basal lobes achaetous, but with a
digitiform acicular lobe
Median: 4.5 pr.l Lateral: 2.5 pr.l
Styles without papillae
Basal lobes achaetous, but with a
digitiform acicular lobe
Dorsal cirri
Extending slightly beyond the
neurosetae; without papillae
Not exceeding the neurosetae;
without papillae
Extending slightly beyond the
neurosetae; without papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Colorless or with wide transverse
bands of brown pigment
Light yellow to dark reddish
Wide bands of light brown
pigment
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Lacking ; Moderate
(0) (15-25)
Lacking : Few
(0) (10-15)
Lacking : Moderate
(0) (20-30)
Notosetae
Notosetae absent
Notosetae absent
Notosetae absent
Neurosetae
Long, slender, with long region
of transverse rows of spinules;
tapering to fine knobbed tips
Shorter, slightly stouter, with
short subdistal region of trans¬
verse spinous rows extending
nearly to end; tapering to blunt
bifid tips
Long, thick, dark, with short
region of fine transverse spinous .
rows; tapering to bare, blunt
unidentate or bifid tips
More slender, lighter colored,
with short region of coarse
transverse spinous rows; tapering
to bare bifid tips
Long, slender, with long region
of transverse rows of spinules;
tapering to fine knobbed tips
Shorter, slightly stouter, with
short subdistal region of trans¬
verse spinous rows; tapering to
bare bifid tips
Short, slender, with short spinous
region; tapering to minutely bifid
or unidentate tips
Elytra
Thin, translucent, smooth,
leaving middorsum uncovered
Dark pigment concentrated around
the elytraphore and extending
toward the middorsum
Marginal fringing papillae
essentially lacking
Thin, translucent, smooth,
leaving middorsum uncovered
Mottled with gray pigment
Marginal fringing papillae
essentially lacking
Thin, translucent, smooth, nearly
covering the dorsum
Daric pigment concentrated around
the elytraphore and extending
toward the middorsum
Marginal fringing papillae
essentially lacking
Other features
Notopodia short Neuropodia,
with rounded pre- and postsetal
lobes separated by a deep dorsal
cleft
Secondary tooth on the median
and inferior neurosetae is
sometimes screened by the
subterminal spinules
Reported in association with large
maldanid tubes
Notopodia short. Neuropodia
with rounded pre- and postsetal
lobes separated by a deep dorsal
cleft
Reported in association with large
terebellid tubes
Notopodia elongate. Neuropodia
with rounded pre- and postsetal
lobes separated by a deep dorsal
cleft
Proximal ventral margins of the
neuropodia with a fringe of short
globular papillae
Free-living
Malmgreniella
baschi
Malmgreniella
macginitiei
Malmgreniella
nig ralb a
F --— - -
Prostomium
Harmothoid
Harmothoid
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes moderate, located
ventrolaterally; posterior pair
smaller
Anterior eyes moderate, located
dorsolaterally; posterior pair
smaller
Anterior eyes moderate, located
ventrolaterally; posterior pair
smaller
Anterior lobes produced into
indistinct cephalic peaks
Anterior lobes produced into
distinct, acute cephalic peaks
Anterior lobes truncate; cephalic
peaks absent
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median: 2 pr.l. Lateral: 0.5 pr.l.
Styles with occasional minute
clavate papillae
Basal lobes with 0-2 stout, curved
setae
Median; 1.5 pr.l. Lateral: 0.5 pr.l
Styles with occasional minute
clavate papillae
Basal lobes with 1-2 stout, curved
setae
Median: 1.5 pf.l. Lateral: 0.5 pr.l
Styles with occasional minute
clavate papillae
Basal lobes with 0-2 stout, curved
setae
Dorsal
cirri
Extending to tips of neurosetae;
with scattered clavate papillae
Extending to tips of neurosetae;
with scattered clavate papillae
Extending to tips of neurosetae;
with scattered clavate papillae
Dorsal
pigmentation
Without pigment in anterior
se tigers
Colorless to dusky with dark
transverse bands
Dusky with dark transverse bands
in median and posterior setigers
Setal diameter
Notosetae « Neurosetae
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Notosetae - Neurosetae
Setal counts
Moderate : Moderate
(35-50) (25-35)
Moderate : Moderate
(30-40) (30-40)
Moderate : Moderate
(15-25) (30-45)
Notosetae
Curved, with longitudinal
striations and 2 longitudinal rows
of minute spinules; tapering to
pointed tips
Curved, with longitudinal
striations and 2 longitudinal rows
of minute spinules; tapering to
pointed tips
Curved, with longitudinal
striations and 2 longitudinal rows
of minute spinules; tapering to
pointed tips
Neurosetae
Long, with moderate distal region
of prominent spinules; tapering
to pointed, unidentate tips
Long, slightly more slender, with
moderate distal region of
prominent spinules; tapering to
pointed or minutely bifid tips
Long, with moderate distal region
of prominent spinules; tapering
to round, blunt unidentate or
minutely bifid tips
Long, with short inflated spinous
region; tapring to bare hooked
tips with only occasional
indistinct indications of a
secondary tooth
Long, with short inflated spinous
region; tapering to hooked bifid
tips with a short secondary tooth
Shorter; tapering to slightly
hooked, unidentate tips
Long, with short inflated spinous
region; tapering to hooked bifid
tips with a distinct secondary
tooth
Shorter, tapering to slightly
hooked, unidentate or bifid tips
Elytra
Thin, smooth except for a patch
of rounded microtubercles anterior
to the attachment scar
Thin, smooth except for a patch
of rounded microtubercles anterior
to the attachment scar
Thin, smooth except for a patch
of rounded microtubercles anterior
to the attachment scar
Mottled dark pigment over the
attachment scar and in a C-shaped
band
Mottled dark pigment over the
attachment scar and in a C-shaped
band
Black pigment over attachment
scar and in a complete or nearly
complete ring
Border with scattered micro¬
papillae
Border with scattered micro-
papillae
Border with scattered micro¬
papillae
Other
features
Reported from the shallow shelf,
8-30 meters, as a commensal
with ophiuroids
Elytra often with both dark
surface pigment and internal
granules of reddish-brown
pigment Surface pigment often
distributed in compartments
Reported from the shallow shelf,
0-60 meters, as a commensal
with ophiuroids and an inhabitant
of polychaete and shrimp burrows
Elytral surface with distinct
reticular areas
Neuropodial supraacicular lobe
distinctly demarcated from
neuropodium
Reported from the shallow shelf,
0-40 meters, as a commensal
with holothouroids
Malmgreniella
sanpedroensis
Malmgreniella
scriptoria
Prostomium
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes moderate, located
ventrolaterally; posterior pair
smaller
Anterior lobes truncate; cephalic
peaks absent
Harmothoid
Anterior eyes small, located
dorsolaterally; posterior pair
small
Anterior lobes truncate; cephalic
peaks absent
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median: 1 pr.l. Lateral; 0.5 pr.l.
Styles with occasional minute
clavate papillae
Basal lobes with 2-10 stout,
curved setae
Median: 1.5 pr.l. Lateral: 0.5 pr.l
Styles with occasional minute
clavate papillae
Basal lobes with 0-2 stout, curved
setae
Dorsal cirri
Extending to tips of neurosetae;
with scattered clavate papillae
Extending well beyond tips of
neurosetae; with scattered clavate
papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Colorless
Colorless to dusky
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Moderate : Moderate
(25-40) (25-40)
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Few : Moderate
(10-25) (15-30)
Notosetae
Curved, with longitudinal
striations and 2 longitudinal rows
of minute spinules; tapering to
pointed tips
Curved, with longitudinal
striations and 2 longitudinal rows
of minute spinules; tapering to
pointed tips
Neurosetae
Long, with moderate distal region
of prominent spinules; tapering
to shaiply pointed unidentate tips
Long, with short inflated spinous
region; tapering to hooked bifid
tips with a distinct secondary
tooth
Shorter; tapering to slightly
hooked, unidentate tips
Long, with moderate distal region
of prominent spinules; tapering
to unidentate or bifid tips
Long, with short inflated spinous
region; tapering to hooked bifid
tips with a short, prominent
secondary tooth
Shorter; tapering to slightly
hooked, unidentate or bifid tips
Elytra
Thin, smooth except for a patch
of rounded microtubercles anterior
to the attachment scar
Dark brown pigment over the
attachment scar and in a C-shaped
band
Border with scattered micro-
papillae
Thin, smooth except for a patch
of rounded microtubercles anterior
to the attachment scar
Dark brown pigment over the
attachment scar and in a C-shaped
band
Border with scattered micro¬
papillae
Other features
Reported from upper slope
depths, at 400 meters
Reported from the middle and
outer shelf, 40+ meters, as a
commensal with the heart urchin
Brisaster latifrons
Subadyte mexicana
Tenonia priops
k’rostomium
Harmothoid
Eyes large, reddish
Cephalic peaks prominent
Harmothoid
Both pairs very large; anterior
pair on anteroventral margin
Cephalic peaks weakly developed
Antennae
Tentacular cirri
Median: 3 pr.l. Lateral: 1 pr.l.
Styles with scattered long
papillae
Basal lobes occasionally with 1-2
curved setae
Median: 2 pr.l. Lateral: 0.5 pr.l.
Styles without papillae
Basal lobes without setae
Dorsal cirri
Extending beyond the tips of the
neurosetae, with scattered papillae
Extending well beyond the tips of
the neurosetae, without papillae
Dorsal pigmentation
Dusky, tending to concentrate in
2 longitudinal bands above the
cirrophores and elytrophores
Distinctive wide and narrow
transverse bars of dark pigment;
pigment bars often interrupted
Setal diameter
Setal counts
Notosetae > Neurosetae
Few : Numerous
(10-25) (40-60)
Notosetae < Neurosetae
Moderate : Numerous
(30-40) (40-60)
Notosetae
Thick, curved, distally with
spinose transverse bracts
becoming progressively smaller
toward the blunt, notched tips
Slender, curved, with fine
serrations; tapering to capillary
tips
Slander, longer, straight, with
fine serrations; tapering to
capillary tips
Neurosetae
Long, coarsely serrated above a
large basal cusp; tapering to
notched tips
Longer, with indistinct serrations
above a large basal cusp; tapering
to pointed unidentate tips
Shorter, more slender, with small
distinct serrations above a large
basal cusp; tapering to pointed
unidentate tips
Slender, long, straight, with fine
serrations; tapering to capillary
tips
Slightly thicker, with coarse
transverse serrations; tapering to
bare bifid tips
-
Elytra
Thin, translucent, with scattered
papillae on the surface
Pigment absent
Marginal fringing papillae short,
sparse
Thin, translucent, nearly smooth
except for occasional
inconspicuous microtubercles
Brown pigment around the
attachment scar
Marginal fringing papillae absent
Other features
Buccal segment with small
nuchal fold covering the posterior
margin of the prostomium
Eye pigments are subject to
fading, and are inconspicuous at
times
Buccal segment with small
nuchal fold covering the posterior
margin of the prostomium
Elytra do not cover the
middorsum in the anterior setigers
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11